UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015

Commission file number: 333-205986

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charte r)

 

 

Alabama

 

46-1422125

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

2611 Legends Drive

Prattville, AL

 

36066

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(334) 290-1012

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Exchange on Which Registered

None.

 

Not applicable.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes   o    No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.   Yes   o    No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes   x    No   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).   Yes   x    No   o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

o

  

Accelerated filer

 

o

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

o

  

Smaller reporting company

 

x

ü     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes   o    No   x

State the aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2015: Not Applicable.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

Class of Common Stock

 

Outstanding at March 8, 2016

Common stock, par value $1.00 per share

 

4,877,219 shares

 

 

 

 


RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

INDEX

 

 

Genera l

2

 

 

 

 

Forward – Looking Statements

2

 

 

 

PART I.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

3

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

14

 

 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

28

 

 

 

Item 2.

Properties

28

 

 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

28

 

 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosure

28

 

 

 

PART II.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

29

 

 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

31

 

 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

33

 

 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

49

 

 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accounting and Financial Disclosures

81

 

 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

81

 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

 

 

 

PART III.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

82

 

 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

84

 

 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

89

 

 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

90

 

 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

90

 

 

 

Part IV.

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

 

 

Signatures

91

 

 

 

i


GENE RAL

Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “River,” “RFC,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to River Financial Corporation, an Alabama corporation, as well as our wholly-owned subsidiary bank, River Bank and Trust, an Alabama Banking Corporation which we may sometimes refer to as “RB&T” and the “Bank”.

On October 28, 2015, the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-205986) became effective, and the Company became subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) under Section 15(d).

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and financial performance, which involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Certain statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements include any statement that, without limitation, may predict, forecast, indicate or imply future results, performance or achievements instead of historical or current facts and may contain words like “anticipates,” “approximately,” “believes,” “budget,” “can,” “could,” “continues,” “contemplates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecast,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “objective,” “outlook,” “predicts,” “probably,” “plans,” “potential,” “project,” “seeks,” “shall,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or the negative of these terms and other words, phrases, or expressions with similar meaning.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based upon our historical performance and on our current plans, estimates and expectations in light of information currently available to us. The inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us that the future plans, estimates or expectations will be achieved. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements, and the Company cannot give assurances that such statements will prove to be correct. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information or otherwise. Given these uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or estimated by us include those that are discussed herein under “Part I, Item 1A. – Risk Factors,” as well as other unknown risks and uncertainties.

 

 

2


PART I

 

 

Item 1.  Business.

Overview

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Prattville, Alabama. River Bank & Trust was formed as an Alabama banking corporation in March 2006. In November 2012, River Financial Corporation was formed as an Alabama corporation and all the common shares of River Bank & Trust were exchanged for common shares of River Financial Corporation and River Bank & Trust became the wholly owned subsidiary of River Financial Corporation. On December 31, 2015, River Financial Corporation merged with Keystone Bancshares, Inc. (Keystone), the parent company of Keystone Bank, Inc. with River Financial Corporation being the surviving entity. At the time of the merger of River Financial Corporation and Keystone Bancshares, Inc., Keystone Bank was merged into River Bank & Trust.

We operate one subsidiary bank, River Bank & Trust. Through the Bank, we provide a broad array of financial services to businesses, business owners, and professionals. We currently conduct our banking operations through our Banks’ 9 banking locations in Alabama. We operate nine full-service banking offices, located in Montgomery, Prattville, Auburn, Opelika, and Gadsden.

As of December 31, 2015, we had total assets of $718.0 million, total loans of $479.3 million, total deposits of $610.4 million, and total shareholders’ equity of $74.9 million.

Our Products and Services

Through our Bank, we engage in the business of banking, which consists primarily of accepting deposits from the public and making loans and other investments. Our principal sources of funds for loans and investments at our Bank are demand, time, savings, and other deposits (including negotiable orders of withdrawal, or NOW accounts) and the amortization and prepayments of loans and investments. Our principal sources of income are interest and fees collected on loans, interest collected on other investments, fees earned from the origination and sale of residential mortgage loans, and service charges, as well as income from investment brokerage services. Our principal expenses are interest paid on savings and other deposits (including NOW accounts), interest paid on other borrowings, employee compensation, office expenses, and other overhead expenses.

Deposits

Our principal sources of funds are core deposits, including demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market accounts, savings deposits, and certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2015, our deposit composition was as follows:

 

 

Deposit rates are reviewed weekly by senior management. Management believes that the rates that we offer are competitive with those offered by other institutions in our market areas. We also focus on customer service to attract and retain deposits.

Transaction accounts include demand deposits and NOW accounts, which customers use for cash management and which provide us with a source of fee income, as well as a low-cost source of funds. Time and savings accounts also provide a relatively stable and low-cost source of funds. Our primary source of funds is NOW accounts. Certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 are held primarily by customers in our market areas. We utilize brokered certificates of deposit to supplement our market funding sources when funding needs or pricing warrants the use of wholesale funding.

3


Lending

We offer a range of lending services, including real estate, consumer, and commercial loans, to individuals, small businesses, and other organizations located in or conducting a substantial portion of their business in our market areas. Our total loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2015, were approximately $479.3 million, or approximately 66.8% of total assets. The interest rates charged on loans vary with the degree of risk, maturity, and amount of the loan and are further subject to competitive pressures, money market rates, availability of funds, and government regulations.

As of December 31, 2015, our loan portfolio composition was classified as follows:

 

 

Real Estate Loans . Loans secured by real estate are the primary component of our loan portfolio, constituting approximately $388.1 million, or 79.6%, of total loans, net of unearned income, at December 31, 2015. We originate consumer and commercial loans for the purpose of acquiring real estate that are secured by such real estate (CRE). We also often take real estate as an additional source of collateral to secure commercial and industrial (C&I) loans. Such loans are classified as real estate loans rather than commercial and industrial loans if the real estate collateral is considered significant as a secondary source of repayment for the loan. Loans are typically made on a recourse basis supported by financial statements and a review of the repayment ability of the borrower(s) and/or guarantor(s). Origination fees are charged for many loans secured by real estate.

Real estate lending activities consist of the following:

 

·

Commercial real estate term loans accrue at either variable or fixed rates. The variable rates approximate current market rates. Amortizations are typically no more than 25 years.

 

·

The primary type of residential mortgage loan is the single-family first mortgage, typically structured with fixed or adjustable interest rates, based on market conditions. These loans usually have fixed rates for up to 5 years, with maturities of 15 to 30 years. We also originate home equity lines of credit secured by residential property. These loans are typically made on a variable-rate basis with maturities up to 10 years.

 

·

Construction and land development (C&D) loans are typically made on a variable-rate basis. Loan terms usually do not exceed 24 months.

We originate residential loans for sale into the secondary market. These loans are made in accordance with underwriting standards set by the purchaser of the loan, normally as to loan-to-value ratio, interest rate, borrower qualification, and documentation. These loans are generally made under a commitment to purchase from a loan purchaser. We generally collect from the borrower or purchaser a combination of the origination fee, discount points, and/or a service release fee.

Commercial and Industrial Loans . We make loans for commercial purposes in various lines of business. These loans are typically made on terms up to 7 years at fixed or variable rates. The loans are secured by various types of collateral, including accounts receivable, inventory, or, in the case of equipment loans, the financed equipment. We attempt to reduce our credit risk on commercial loans by underwriting the loan based on the borrower’s cash flow and its ability to service the debt from earnings, and by limiting the loan-to-value ratio. Historically, we have typically loaned up to 80% on loans secured by accounts receivable, up to 50% on loans secured by inventory (which are typically also secured by accounts receivable), and up to 100% on loans secured by equipment. We also make some unsecured commercial loans. Commercial and industrial loans constituted $79.6 million, or 16.3% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2015. Interest rates are negotiable based upon the borrower’s financial condition, credit history, management stability and collateral.

4


Consumer Loans . Consumer lending includes installment lending to individuals in our market areas and generally consists of loans to purchase automobiles and other consumer durable goods. Consumer loans constituted $19.6 million, or 4.0% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2015. Consumer loans are underwritten base d on the borrower’s income, current debt level, past credit history and collateral. Consumer rates are both variable and fixed, with terms negotiable. Terms generally range from one to five years depending on the nature and condition of the collateral. Per iodic amortization, generally monthly, is typically required.

Loan Approval . Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans. These include repayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. In particular, longer maturities increase the risk that economic conditions will change and adversely affect collectability.

We attempt to minimize loan losses through various means and the use of standardized underwriting criteria. We have established a standardized loan policy that may be modified based on local market conditions. In particular, on larger credits, we generally rely on the cash flow of a debtor as the source of repayment and secondarily on the value of the underlying collateral. In addition, we attempt to utilize shorter loan terms in order to reduce the risk of a decline in the value of such collateral.

We address repayment risks by adhering to internal credit policies and procedures. These policies and procedures include officer and customer lending limits, a loan committee approval process for larger loans, documentation examination, and follow-up procedures for loan review and any exceptions to credit policies. The point in the loan approval process at which a loan is approved depends on the size of the borrower’s credit relationship with the bank and the loan authority of the lending officer to whom the loan request is made. Each of our lending officers has the authority to approve loans up to an approved loan authority amount, as approved by the bank’s board of directors. Loans in excess of the highest loan authority amount of a particular lending officer must be approved by the bank’s loan committee, or another officer with sufficient loan authority to approve the request.

Risk Ratings . Loan officers are directly responsible for monitoring the risk in their respective portfolios. On commercial loans, risk grades are assigned by the loan officer for the probability of default following analysis of borrower characteristics and external economic factors. However, on consumer loans, risk grades are determined by a borrower’s credit score and personal debt ratio, as well as the borrower’s repayment history with the bank.

Electronic Banking

We offer electronic banking services to our customers, including commercial and retail online banking, automated bill payment, mobile banking, and remote deposit capture for certain customers.

Market Areas

We currently conduct our banking operations through our Banks’ 9 banking locations in the state of Alabama. The locations include Montgomery, Prattville, Wetumpka, Auburn, Opelika, Alexander City, and Gadsden. Our market areas generally include the Montgomery, Auburn-Opelika, and Gadsden Metropolitan Statistical Areas.

Competition

The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete for loans, deposits, and financial services in all of our principal markets. We compete directly with other bank and nonbank institutions located within our markets, internet-based banks, out-of-market banks, and bank holding companies that advertise in or otherwise serve our markets, along with money market and mutual funds, brokerage houses, mortgage companies, and insurance companies or other commercial entities that offer financial services products. Competition involves efforts to retain current customers, obtain new loans and deposits, increase the scope and type of services offered, and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits and charged on loans. Many of our competitors enjoy competitive advantages, including greater financial resources, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer additional services, more favorable pricing alternatives, and lower origination and operating costs. Some of our competitors have been in business for a long time and have an established customer base and name recognition. We believe that our competitive pricing, personalized service, and community involvement enable us to effectively compete in the communities in which we operate.

Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately 118 full-time and 11 part-time employees. None of these employees is party to a collective bargaining agreement.

5


SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

We are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. These laws restrict permissible activities and investments and require compliance with various consumer protection provisions applicable to lending, deposit, brokerage, and fiduciary activities. They also impose capital adequacy requirements and conditions on a bank holding company’s ability to repurchase stock or to receive dividends from its subsidiary banks. We are subject to comprehensive examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve, and River Bank and Trust is subject to comprehensive examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Alabama Banking Department. These regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on our operations. This supervisory framework could materially impact the conduct and profitability of our activities.

In December 2015, we completed a merger with Keystone, pursuant to which we acquired control of Keystone Bank. Under the terms of the merger agreement, Keystone was merged with and into RB&T, with RB&T surviving the merger.

To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry are frequently raised at both the state and federal levels. The likelihood and timing of any changes in these laws and regulations, and the impact such changes may have on us, are difficult to ascertain. A change in applicable laws and regulations, or in the manner such laws or regulations are interpreted by regulatory agencies or courts, may have a material effect on our business, operations, and earnings.

Regulation of River Financial Corporation

We are registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”) and are subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The BHCA requires us to secure the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before we own or control, directly or indirectly, more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any bank or thrift, or merge or consolidate with another bank or thrift holding company. Further, under the BHCA, our activities and those of any nonbank subsidiary are limited to: (i) those activities that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto, and (ii) investments in companies not engaged in activities closely related to banking, subject to quantitative limitations on the value of such investments. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve may be required before engaging in certain activities. In making such determinations, the Federal Reserve is required to weigh the expected benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency, against the possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices.

Subject to various exceptions, the BHCA and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively deemed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company, and a rebuttable presumption arises if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities and either: (i) the bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Act; or (ii) no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.

The BHCA was substantially amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or the GLBA, which, among other things, permits a “financial holding company” to engage in a broader range of non-banking activities, and to engage on less restrictive terms in certain activities than were previously permitted. These expanded activities include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and sales, and merchant banking activities. To become a financial holding company, a bank holding company must certify that all depository institutions that it controls are both “well capitalized” and “well managed” (as defined by federal law), and have at least a “satisfactory” CRA rating. The GLBA also imposes certain privacy requirements on all financial institutions and their treatment of consumer information. At this time, we have not elected to become a financial holding company, nor do we expect to make such an election in the foreseeable future.

There are a number of restrictions imposed on us by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and to the insurance fund maintained by the FDIC (as discussed in more detail below) in the event that a subsidiary depository institution should become insolvent. For example, federal law requires a bank holding company to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so in the absence of such a policy. The Federal Reserve also has the authority under the BHCA to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a non-bank subsidiary upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

6


Any capital loan by a bank holding company to a subsidiary deposit ory institution is subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of the institution. In addition, in the event of the holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment made by the bank holding company to a federal banking regulatory agency to maintain the capital of its subsidiary depository institution(s) will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDIA, provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as a subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non- deposit creditors, including the institution’s holding company, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Regulation of River Bank and Trust

The operations and investments of RB&T are subject to the supervision, examination, and reporting requirements of the FDIC, the Alabama Banking Department, as well as other federal banking statutes and regulations, including with respect to the level of reserves that RB&T must maintain against deposits, restrictions on the types, amount, and terms and conditions of loans it may originate, and limits on the types of other activities in which RB&T may engage and the investments that it may make. The FDIC and Alabama Banking Department also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law.

Transactions with Affiliates

We are subject to federal laws, such as Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, that limit the size and number of the transactions that depository institutions may engage in with their affiliates. Under these provisions, transactions (such as loans or investments) by a bank with nonbank affiliates are generally limited to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus for all covered transactions with any one affiliate, and 20% of capital and surplus for all covered transactions with all affiliates. Any extensions of credit to affiliates, with limited exceptions, must be secured by eligible collateral in specified amounts. Banks are also prohibited from purchasing any “low quality” assets from an affiliate. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes additional requirements on transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.

We are also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders, and their related interests. These extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Furthermore, we are prohibited from engaging in asset purchases or sales transactions with our officers, directors, or principal stockholders unless the transaction is on market terms and, if the transaction represents greater than 10% of the capital and surplus of the bank, a majority of the bank’s disinterested directors has approved the transaction.

Monetary Policy

Our earnings are and will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have a significant effect upon the operating results of commercial banks. The Federal Reserve has a major impact upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate on bank borrowings and the reserve requirements against bank deposits. It is not possible for us to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

Deposit Insurance

Our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the FDIC. The DIF is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. Under the FDIC’s current risk-based assessment system, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act and the FDIC’s final rule on assessments, dividend assessment base and large bank pricing, or the Assessment Rule, insured institutions are assigned to one of four categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels, and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned and the applicability of certain potential adjustments established by FDIC regulations, with less risky institutions paying lower assessment rates.

7


The assessment base against which the assessment rate is applied to determine the total assessment due for a given period is the depository institution’s average total consolid ated assets during the assessment period less average tangible equity during that assessment period. Tangible equity is defined in the Assessment Rule as Tier 1 Capital and is calculated monthly, unless the insured depository institution has less than $1 b illion in assets, in which case the insured depository institution calculates Tier 1 Capital on an end-of-quarter basis. Parents or holding companies of other insured depository institutions are required to report separately from their subsidiary depositor y institutions.

The Dodd-Frank Act also eliminated the ceiling and increased the floor on the size of the DIF. It established a minimum designated reserve ratio, or the DRR, of 1.35 percent of the estimated insured deposits and required the FDIC to adopt a restoration plan should the reserve ratio fall below 1.35 percent. However, the assessment rate schedules used to determine assessments due from insured depository institutions become progressively lower when the reserve ratio in the DIF exceeds 1.15 percent, 2 percent, and 2.5 percent.

In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, insured depository institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize a predecessor deposit insurance fund. This payment is established quarterly and, for each of the four quarters in calendar year 2014, equaled 0.62 basis points on assessable deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act also raised the limit for federal deposit insurance to $250,000 and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance assessments would likely have an adverse effect on our operating expenses and results of operations. We cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future. Furthermore, deposit insurance may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Dividend Restrictions

We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our Bank. Our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions depends in part upon the receipt of dividends from our subsidiary bank and is limited by federal and state law. The specific limits depend upon a number of factors, including a bank subsidiary’s type of charter, recent earnings, recent dividends, level of capital, and regulatory status. The regulators are authorized, and under certain circumstances are required, to determine that the payment of dividends or other distributions by a bank would be an unsafe or unsound practice and to prohibit that payment. For example, the FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized.

The bank generally may not withdraw, either in the form of a dividend or otherwise, any portion of its permanent capital and may not declare a dividend in excess of its retained net profits. Further, dividends that may be paid by the bank without the express approval of the Alabama Banking Department are limited to an amount equal to the bank’s retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years plus retained net profits up to the date of any dividend declaration in the current calendar year. Retained net profits, as defined by Alabama Banking Law, consist of net income, less dividends declared during the period, plus the provision for loan losses, less net loan charge-offs.

The ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends and make distributions can also be limited by other laws or regulations. The Federal Reserve, which has authority to prohibit a bank holding company from paying dividends or making other distributions, has issued a Supervisory Letter stating that a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends unless its net income available to common stockholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act, Basel III (described below), and their respective implementing regulations impose additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Capital Adequacy Guidelines

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, or Basel III. Basel III requires banks to maintain a higher level of capital than previously required, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed generally applicable capital requirements with respect to bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries and mandated that the federal banking regulatory agencies adopt rules and regulations to implement the Basel III requirements.

8


Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to apply consolidated capital requirements to a bank holding company that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. In July 2013, the federal banking agencies adopted a final rule, or the Basel III Final Rule, implementing these standards. Under the Basel III Final Rule, trust preferred securities are excluded from Tier I capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by a bank holding company with less than $15 billion in assets, subject to certain limits. The Dodd-Frank Act additionally provides for countercyclical capital requirements so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expa nsion and decreases in times of economic contraction, consistent with safety and soundness. Under the Basel III Final Rule, which implements this concept, banks must maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of additional common equity Tier 1 capit al equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets above each of the required minimum capital levels in order to avoid limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying certain discretionary bonuses. This new capital conservation buffer requ irement is currently being phased beginning in 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented at 2.5% in January 2019.

For purposes of calculating risk-weighted assets, the federal banking agencies have promulgated risk-based capital guidelines designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposures, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Under these guidelines, assets and off- balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

Bank assets are given risk-weights under the Basel III Final Rule. In addition, certain off-balance sheet items are assigned certain credit conversion factors to convert them to asset- equivalent amounts to which an appropriate risk-weighting will apply. Those computations result in the total risk-weighted assets. Most loans are assigned to the 100% risk category, except for performing first mortgage loans fully secured by residential property, which carry a 50% risk weighting. Most investment securities (including, primarily, general obligation claims of states or other political subdivisions of the United States) are assigned to the 20% category. Exceptions include municipal or state revenue bonds, which have a 50% risk weighting, and direct obligations of the United States Treasury or obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government, which have a 0% risk weighting. In converting off-balance sheet items, direct credit substitutes, including general guarantees and standby letters of credit backing financial obligations, are given a 100% risk weighting. Transaction-related contingencies such as bid bonds, standby letters of credit backing non-financial obligations, and undrawn commitments (including commercial credit lines with an initial maturity of more than one year) have a 50% risk weighting. Short-term commercial letters of credit have a 20% risk weighting, and certain short-term unconditionally cancelable commitments have a 0% risk weighting.

Under the Basel III Final Rule, as of January 1, 2015, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. The required ratio of “Tier 1 Capital” (consisting generally of shareholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less certain goodwill items and other intangible assets) to risk- weighted assets is 6%. While there was previously no required ratio of “Common Equity Tier 1 Capital” (which generally consists of common stock, retained earnings, certain qualifying capital instruments issued by consolidated subsidiaries, and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, subject to certain adjustments) to risk-weighted assets, a required minimum ratio of 4.5% became effective on January 1, 2015 as well. The remainder of total capital, or “Tier 2 Capital,” may consist of (a) the allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, (b) preferred stock not qualifying as Tier 1 Capital, (c) hybrid capital instruments, (d) perpetual debt, (e) mandatory convertible securities, and (f) certain subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock up to 50% of Tier 1 Capital. Total Capital is the sum of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital (which is included only to the extent of Tier 1 Capital), less reciprocal holdings of other banking organizations capital instruments, investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, and any other deductions as determined by the appropriate regulator.

In addition, the federal banking agencies have established minimum leverage ratio requirements for banking organizations they supervise, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average consolidated assets. Prior to the effective date of the Basel III Final Rule, banks and bank holding companies meeting certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating and not experiencing significant growth or expansion, were permitted to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 3%. Other banks and bank holding companies generally were required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio between 4% and 5%. Under the Basel III Final Rule, as of January 1, 2015, the required minimum leverage ratio for all banks is 4%.

As an additional means of identifying problems in the financial management of depository institutions, the federal banking regulatory agencies have established certain non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure, and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

9


Prompt Corrective Action

In addition to the required minimum capital levels described above, federal law establishes a system of “prompt corrective actions” that federal banking agencies are required to take, and certain actions that they have discretion to take, based upon the capital category into which a federally regulated depository institution falls. Regulations set forth detailed procedures and criteria for implementing prompt corrective action in the case of any institution which is not adequately capitalized. Under the prompt corrective action rules effective as of January 1, 2015, an institution is deemed “well capitalized” if its leverage ratio, Common Equity Tier 1 ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio, and Total Capital ratio meet or exceed 5%, 6.5%, 8%, and 10%, respectively. An institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” or better if its leverage, Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios meet or exceed the minimum federal regulatory capital requirements, and “undercapitalized” if it fails to meet these minimum capital requirements. An institution is “significantly undercapitalized” if its leverage, Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios fall below 3%, 3%, 4%, and 6%, respectively, and “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%.

The prompt corrective action rules require an undercapitalized institution to file a written capital restoration plan, along with a performance guaranty by its holding company or a third party. In addition, an undercapitalized institution becomes subject to certain automatic restrictions, including a prohibition on payment of dividends and a limitation on asset growth and expansion in certain cases, a limitation on the payment of bonuses or raises to senior executive officers, and a prohibition on the payment of certain “management fees” to any “controlling person.” Institutions that are classified as undercapitalized are also subject to certain additional supervisory actions, including increased reporting burdens and regulatory monitoring; limitations on the institution’s ability to make acquisitions, open new branch offices, or engage in new lines of business; obligations to raise additional capital; restrictions on transactions with affiliates; and restrictions on interest rates paid by the institution on deposits. In certain cases, banking regulatory agencies may require replacement of senior executive officers or directors, or sale of the institution to a willing purchaser. If an institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” and continues in that category for 90 days, the statute requires, with certain narrowly limited exceptions, that the institution be placed in receivership.

Community Reinvestment Act

The CRA requires the federal banking regulatory agencies to assess all financial institutions that they regulate to determine whether these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the communities they serve, including their assessment area(s) (as established for these purposes in accordance with applicable regulations based principally on the location of branch offices). Under the CRA, institutions are assigned a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “unsatisfactory.” An institution’s record in meeting the requirements of the CRA is made publicly available and is taken into consideration in connection with any applications it files with federal regulators to engage in certain activities, including approval of a branch or other deposit facility, mergers and acquisitions, office relocations, or expansions into non-banking activities. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating at its most recent CRA evaluation.

USA PATRIOT Act

Under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act, which amended the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions against specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. The USA PATRIOT Act also mandates that financial institutions establish anti-money laundering programs meeting certain standards and requires the federal banking regulators to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and bank holding company acquisitions.

Privacy of Customer Information

The GLBA and the implementing regulations issued by federal regulatory agencies require financial institutions (including banks, insurance agencies, and broker/dealers) to adopt policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about their customers to non-affiliated third parties. In general, financial institutions are required to explain to customers their policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, unless otherwise required or permitted by law, financial institutions are prohibited from disclosing such information except as provided in their policies and procedures. Specifically, the GLBA established certain information security guidelines that require each financial institution, under the supervision and ongoing oversight of its board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof, to develop, implement, and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information, and to protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.

10


The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, which is an independent bureau with broad authority to regulate the consumer finance industry, including regulated financial institutions, non-banks and others involved in extending credit to consumers. The CFPB has authority through rulemaking, orders, policy statements, guidance, and enforcement actions to administer and enforce federal consumer financial laws, to oversee several entities and market segments not previously under the supervision of a federal regulator, and to impose its own regulations and pursue enforcement actions when it determines that a practice is unfair, deceptive, or abusive. The federal consumer financial laws and all of the functions and responsibilities associated with them, many of which were previously enforced by other federal regulatory agencies, were transferred to the CFPB on July 21, 2011. While the CFPB has the power to interpret, administer, and enforce federal consumer financial laws, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the federal banking regulatory agencies continue to have examination and enforcement powers over the financial institutions that they supervise relating to the matters within the jurisdiction of the CFPB if such institutions have less than $10 billion in assets. The Dodd- Frank Act also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

Mortgage Loan Origination

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the implementing final rule adopted by the CFPB, or the ATR/QM Rule, a financial institution may not make a residential mortgage loan to a consumer unless it first makes a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. In addition, the ATR/QM Rule limits prepayment penalties and permits borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage,” as defined by the CFPB. For this purpose, the ATR/QM Rule defines a “qualified mortgage” to include a loan with a borrower debt-to-income ratio of less than or equal to 43% or, alternatively, a loan eligible for purchase by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac while they operate under federal conservatorship or receivership, and loans eligible for insurance or guarantee by the Federal Housing Administration, Veterans Administration, or United States Department of Agriculture. Additionally, a qualified mortgage may not: (i) contain excess upfront points and fees; (ii) have a term greater than 30 years; or (iii) include interest-only or negative amortization payments. The ATR/QM Rule specifies the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability-to-repay determination, the permissible sources for verification, and the required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. The ATR/QM Rule became effective January 10, 2014.

In addition, Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the Exchange Act to require sponsors of asset-backed securities (ABS) to retain at least 5 percent of the credit risk of the assets underlying the securities and generally prohibits sponsors from transferring or hedging that credit risk. In October 2014, the federal banking regulatory agencies adopted a final rule to implement this requirement, or the Risk Retention Rule. Among other things, the Risk Retention Rule requires a securitizer to retain not less than 5 percent of the credit risk of any asset that the securitizer, through the issuance of an ABS, transfers, sells, or conveys to a third party; and prohibits a securitizer from directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the credit risk that the securitizer is required to retain. In certain situations, the final rule allows securitizers to allocate a portion of the risk retention requirement to the originator(s) of the securitized assets, if an originator contributes at least 20 percent of the assets in the securitization. The Risk Retention Rule also provides an exemption to the risk retention requirements for an ABS collateralized exclusively by Qualified Residential Mortgages, or QRMs, and ties the definition of a QRM to the definition of a “qualified mortgage” established by the CFPB for purposes of evaluating a consumer’s ability to repay a mortgage loan. The federal banking agencies have agreed to review the definition of QRMs in 2019, following the CFPB’s own review of its “qualified mortgage” regulation.

Mortgage Loan Servicing

On January 17, 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules as part of an ongoing effort to address mortgage servicing reforms and create uniform standards for the mortgage servicing industry. The rules contain additional requirements for communications with borrowers, address the maintenance of customer account records, govern procedures for responding to written borrower requests and complaints of errors, and provide guidance regarding servicing delinquent loans, foreclosure proceedings, and loss mitigation efforts, among other measures. These rules became effective on January 10, 2014 and have in general led to increased costs to service loans across the mortgage industry.

The Volcker Rule

On December 10, 2013, five federal financial regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, adopted final rules implementing the so-called “Volcker Rule” embodied in Section 13 of the BHCA, which was added by Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule completes the process begun in October 2011, when the agencies introduced proposed implementing rules for comment. In general, the Volcker Rule prohibits banking entities from (1) engaging in short-term proprietary trading for their own accounts, and (2) having certain ownership interests in, and relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds, or covered

11


funds. The Volcker Rule is intended to provide greater clarity with respect to both the extent of those primary prohibitions and the related exemp tions and exclusions.

The Volcker Rule also requires each regulated entity to establish an internal compliance program that is consistent with the extent to which it engages in activities covered by the Volcker Rule, which must include (for the largest entities) making regular reports about those activities to regulators. Community and small banks, like us, are afforded some relief under the Volcker Rule. If such banks are engaged only in exempted proprietary trading, such as trading in United States government, agency, state, and municipal obligations, they are exempt entirely from compliance program requirements. Moreover, even if a community or small bank engages in proprietary trading or covered fund activities under the rule, they need only incorporate references to the Volcker Rule into their existing policies and procedures.

On January 15, 2014, the federal banking agencies issued an interim final rule, or the Interim Rule, that exempts certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust-preferred securities, also known as TruPS CDOs, from the broad restrictions of the Volcker Rule. Specifically, the Interim Rule provides that the covered fund restrictions of the Volcker Rule are inapplicable to a banking entity’s ownership interest in, or sponsorship of, any issuer of TruPS CDOs, provided that: (1) the TruPS CDOs were issued before May 19, 2010, by a holding company with $15 billion or less in total consolidated assets, and (2) the banking entity acquired the interest in the TruPS CDOs on or before December 10, 2013, or acquired the interest in the course of a merger with or acquisition of a banking entity that itself acquired the interest on or before that date.

Other Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act, which became law on July 21, 2010, implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape. In addition to the reforms previously mentioned, the Dodd-Frank Act also:

 

·

Requires bank holding companies and banks to be both well-capitalized and well-managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state and requires any bank holding company electing to be treated as a financial holding company to be both well-managed and well-capitalized;

 

·

Eliminates all remaining restrictions on interstate banking by authorizing national and state banks to establish de novo branches in any state that would permit a bank chartered in that state to open a branch at that location;

 

·

Repeals Regulation Q, the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts;

 

·

Enhances insider transaction limitations by strengthening loan restrictions to insiders and applying the various limits to a greater number of types of transactions, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and securities lending or borrowing transactions. The law also restricts certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors; and

 

·

Strengthens the previous limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower (whether a person or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds, by expanding the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions.

Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the new requirements called for have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on financial institutions’ operations is unclear.

Federal Home Loan Bank Membership

River Bank and Trust is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, or the FHLBA. Each member of the FHLBA is required to maintain a minimum investment in the Class B stock of the FHLBA. The Board of Directors of the FHLBA can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Because the extent of any obligation to increase the level of investment in the FHLBA depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, we are unable to determine the extent of future required potential payments to the FHLBA at this time. Additionally, in the event that a member financial institution fails, the right of the FHLBA to seek repayment of funds loaned to that institution will take priority (a super lien) over the rights of all other creditors.

12


Ot her Laws and Regulations

Our operations are subject to several additional laws, some of which are specific to banking and others of which are applicable to commercial operations generally. For example, with respect to our lending practices, we are subject to the following laws and regulations, among several others:

 

·

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

·

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

·

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed, or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

·

Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections, and certain credit and other disclosures;

 

·

Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

·

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring certain disclosures concerning loan closing costs and escrows, and governing transfers of loan servicing and the amounts of escrows in connection with loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties;

 

·

Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act, imposing requirements and limitations on specific financial transactions and account relationships, intended to guard against money laundering and terrorism financing;

 

·

Rules and regulations established by the National Flood Insurance Program;

 

·

Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act which set lending restrictions and limitations regarding loans and other extensions of credit made to executive officers, directors, principal stockholders, and other insiders;

 

·

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, imposing restrictions regarding loans and other extensions of credit made by a bank to one or more of its affiliates; and

 

·

Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

Our deposit operations are subject to federal laws applicable to depository accounts, including:

 

·

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

·

Truth-In-Savings Act, requiring certain disclosures for consumer deposit accounts;

 

·

Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E of the Federal Reserve, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and

 

·

Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.

We are also subject to a variety of laws and regulations that are not limited to banking organizations. For example, in lending to commercial and consumer borrowers, and in owning and operating our own property, we are subject to regulations and potential liabilities under state and federal environmental laws. In addition, we must comply with privacy and data security laws and regulations at both the federal and state level.

We are heavily regulated by regulatory agencies at the federal and state levels. Like most of our competitors, we have faced and expect to continue to face increased regulation and regulatory and political scrutiny, which creates significant uncertainty for us, as well as for the financial services industry in general.

Enforcement Powers

The Financial Institution Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act, or FIRREA, expanded and increased the penalties available for use by the federal regulatory agencies against depository institutions and certain “institution-affiliated parties.” Institution-affiliated parties primarily include management, employees, and agents of a financial institution, as well as independent contractors and consultants, such as attorneys, accountants, and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs. An institution can be subject to an enforcement action due to the failure to timely file required reports, the filing of false or misleading

13


information, or the submission of inaccurate reports, or engaging in other unsafe or unsound banking practices. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,425,000 per day for such violations.

FIRREA provided regulators with greater flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties and to terminate an institution’s deposit insurance. It also expanded the power of banking regulatory agencies to issue regulatory orders. Such orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnification, or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions as determined by the ordering agency to be appropriate. The Dodd-Frank Act increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies, and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency.

Future Legislation and Regulation

Regulators have increased their focus on the regulation of the financial services industry in recent years, leading in many cases to greater uncertainty and compliance costs for regulated entities. For example, the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act could require us to make material expenditures, particularly in the form of personnel training costs and additional compliance expenses. We also may be required to change certain of our business practices in order to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to pursue business opportunities that we might otherwise consider pursuing, cause business disruptions, and/or have other impacts that are as of yet unknown to us. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations, even if inadvertent, could result in negative publicity, fines, or additional expenses.

Furthermore, proposals that could substantially intensify the regulation of the financial services industry have been and are expected to continue to be introduced in the United States Congress, in state legislatures, and by applicable regulatory authorities. These proposals may change banking statutes and regulations and our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, these proposals could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. We cannot predict whether any of these proposals will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that these proposals, or any implementing regulations, would have on our business, results of operations, or financial condition.

Website Information

We maintain a website at www.riverbankandtrust.com through which we make available, free of charge under the tab “Investor Relations,” our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with the SEC. These reports are also available on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov. We will provide paper copies of these reports to stockholders free of charge upon written request to: River Financial Corporation, Attention: Corporate Secretary, P.O. Box 680249, Alabama 36068. Information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have included our website address only as an inactive textual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our website.

 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

An investment in our common stock involves certain risks that you should carefully consider in addition to the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The occurrence of any of the risks described below may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations, in which case the value of your common stock could decline and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Additional risks of which we are not presently aware or that we currently believe are immaterial may also harm our business or results of operations. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our business is concentrated in, and largely dependent upon, the continued growth and welfare of the general geographic markets in which we operate.

Our commercial banking operations are concentrated in Alabama. As of December 31, 2015, most of our total loans were to borrowers located in Alabama. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations and cash flows are affected by changes in the economic conditions of the state or the regions of which it is a part. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits, and real estate activity in this market. Although our customers’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond this market area, adverse conditions that affect this market area could reduce our growth rate, affect

14


the ability of our customers to repay their loans, affect the value of collateral underlying loans, impact our ability to attract deposits, and generally af fect our financial conditions and results of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we may be less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets.

A return of recessionary conditions could result in increases in our level of nonperforming loans and/or reduced demand for our products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Economic recession or other economic problems, including those affecting our markets and regions, but also those affecting the U.S. or world economies, could have a material adverse impact on the demand for our products and services. Since the conclusion of the last recession, economic growth has been slow and uneven, and unemployment levels remain relatively high. If economic conditions deteriorate, or if there are negative developments affecting the domestic and international credit markets, the value of our loans and investments may be harmed, which in turn would have an adverse effect on our financial performance, and our financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, although deteriorating market conditions could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, we cannot provide any assurance that we would benefit from any market growth or favorable economic conditions, either in our primary market areas or nationally, even if they do occur.

Difficult conditions in the market for financial products and services may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Dramatic declines in the housing market during recent years, along with increasing foreclosures and unemployment, resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions, and, in some cases, to fail. This market turmoil and tightening of credit led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility, and widespread reduction of business activity generally. Although conditions have improved, a return of these trends could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Negative market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provisions for loan and credit losses. Economic deterioration that affects household and/or corporate incomes could also result in reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services. These conditions would have adverse effects on us and others in the financial services industry.

Our small to medium-sized business and entrepreneurial customers may have fewer financial resources than larger entities to weather a downturn in the economy, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, and such impairment could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We focus our business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small to medium-sized businesses and entrepreneurs. These small to medium-sized businesses and entrepreneurs may have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If economic conditions negatively impact the Alabama market generally, and small to medium-sized businesses are adversely affected, our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected.

Our financial performance will be negatively impacted if we are unable to execute our growth strategy.

Our current growth strategy is to grow organically and supplement that growth with select acquisitions. Our ability to grow organically depends primarily on generating loans and deposits of acceptable risk and expense, and we may not be successful in continuing this organic growth. Our ability to identify appropriate markets for expansion, recruit and retain qualified personnel, and fund growth at a reasonable cost depends upon prevailing economic conditions, maintenance of sufficient capital, competitive factors, and changes in banking laws, among other factors. Conversely, if we grow too quickly and are unable to control costs and maintain asset quality, such growth, whether organic or through select acquisitions, could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

External economic factors, such as changes in monetary policy and inflation and deflation, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. Actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the Federal Reserve, could lead to inflation, deflation, or other economic phenomena that could adversely affect our financial performance. The primary impact of inflation on our operations most likely will be reflected in increased operating costs. Conversely, deflation generally will tend to erode collateral values and diminish loan quality. Virtually all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a

15


result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than general levels of i nflation or deflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or by the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.

Our profitability is vulnerable to interest rate fluctuations.

Our profitability depends substantially upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on assets (such as loans and securities held in our investment portfolio) and the interest paid for liabilities (such as interest paid on savings and money market accounts and time deposits).

Income associated with interest-earning assets and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by fluctuations in interest rates. The magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates are events over which we have no control, and such changes may have an adverse effect on our net interest income. Prepayment and early withdrawal levels, which are also impacted by changes in interest rates, can significantly affect our assets and liabilities. For example, an increase in interest rates could, among other things, reduce the demand for loans and decrease loan repayment rates. Such an increase could also adversely affect the ability of our floating-rate borrowers to meet their higher payment obligations, which could in turn lead to an increase in non-performing assets and net charge-offs. Conversely, a decrease in the general level of interest rates could affect us by, among other things, leading to greater competition for deposits and incentivizing borrowers to prepay or refinance their loans more quickly or frequently than they otherwise would. The primary tool that management uses to measure interest rate risk is a simulation model that evaluates the impact of varying levels of prevailing interest rates and the impact on net interest income and the economic value of equity. As of December 31, 2015, this simulation analysis indicated that if prevailing interest rates immediately decreased by 300 basis points, we would expect net interest income to decrease by approximately $1.2 million, or 4.6%, over the next 12 months, and an increase in the economic value of equity of $6.6 million, or 7.1%. We believe that this is unlikely based on current interest rate levels. Conversely, if prevailing interest rates immediately increased by 300 basis points, we would expect net interest income to decrease by approximately $131 thousand, or 0.5%, over the next 12 months, and an decrease in the economic value of equity of $16.3 million, or 17.5%. However, fluctuations in interest rates affect different classes of income-earning assets differently, and there can be no assurance as to the actual effect on our results of operations should such an increase or decrease occur.

Generally, the interest rates on our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities do not change at the same rate, to the same extent or on the same basis. Even assets and liabilities with similar maturities or re-pricing periods may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in general market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in general market rates. Certain assets, such as fixed and adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features that limit changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Changes in interest rates could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Market interest rates for loans, investments, and deposits are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control.

Generally, interest rate spreads (the difference between interest rates earned on assets and interest rates paid on liabilities) have narrowed in recent years as a result of changing market conditions, policies of various government and regulatory authorities, and competitive pricing pressures, and we cannot predict whether these rate spreads will narrow even further. This narrowing of interest rate spreads could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we cannot predict whether interest rates will continue to remain at present levels. Changes in interest rates may cause significant changes, up or down, in our net interest income.

We attempt to minimize the adverse effects of changes in interest rates by structuring our asset-liability composition in order to obtain the maximum spread between interest income and interest expense. However, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in minimizing the adverse effects of changes in interest rates. Depending on our portfolio of loans and investments, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.

We could suffer losses from a decline in the credit quality of the assets that we hold.

We could sustain losses if borrowers, guarantors, and related parties fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. We have adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and policies that we believe are appropriate to minimize this risk, including the establishment and review of the allowance for credit losses, periodic assessment of the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance, and diversifying our credit portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In particular, we face credit quality risks presented by past, current, and potential economic and real estate market conditions.

16


A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and events that negatively impact the real estate market could negatively impact our business .

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by either residential or commercial real estate. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $167.2 million in residential real estate loans and $165.1 million in commercial real estate loans outstanding, representing approximately 35.2% and 34.7%, respectively, of our total loans outstanding on that date.

There are significant risks associated with real estate-based lending. Real estate collateral may deteriorate in value during the time that credit is extended, in which case we might not be able to sell such collateral for an amount necessary to satisfy a defaulting borrower’s obligation to us. In that event, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, commercial real estate loans are subject to unique risks. These types of loans are often viewed as having more risks than residential real estate or other consumer loans, primarily because relatively large amounts are loans to a relatively small number of borrowers. Thus, the deterioration of even a small number of these loans could cause a significant increase in the loan loss allowance or loan charge-offs, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, commercial real estate loans depend on cash flows from the property securing the debt. Cash flows may be affected significantly by general economic conditions and a downturn in a local economy in one of our markets or in occupancy rates where a property is located could increase the likelihood of default.

The foregoing risks are enhanced as a result of the limited geographic scope of our principal markets. Most of the real estate securing our loans is located in Alabama. Because the value of this collateral depends upon local real estate market conditions and is affected by, among other things, neighborhood characteristics, real estate tax rates, the cost of operating the properties, and local governmental regulation, adverse changes in any of these factors in Alabama could cause a decline in the value of the collateral securing a significant portion of our loan portfolio. Further, the concentration of real estate collateral in these two markets limits our ability to diversify the risk of such occurrences.

Our allowance for estimated loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses, which may require us to take a charge to earnings and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We maintain an allowance for estimated loan losses that we believe is adequate to absorb any probable losses in our loan portfolio. Management determines the amount of the allowance based upon an analysis of general market conditions, credit quality of our loan portfolio and performance of our customers relative to their financial obligations with us. We periodically evaluate the loan portfolio for risk grading, which can result in changes in our allowance. The amount of future losses is affected by changes in economic, operating, and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and such losses may exceed the allowance for estimated loan losses. Although we believe that our allowance for estimated loan losses is adequate to absorb any probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible, there can be no assurance that the allowance will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future. If actual losses exceed the estimate, the excess losses could adversely affect our net income and capital. Such excess could also lead to larger allowances for loan losses in future periods, which could in turn adversely affect new income and capital in those periods. If economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in the estimate, or if the performance of our loan portfolio deteriorates, future losses may occur, and increases in the allowance may be necessary, either of which would have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, federal banking regulators, as part of their supervisory function, periodically review the adequacy of our allowance for estimated loan losses. These agencies may require us to establish additional allowances based on their judgment of the information available at the time of their examinations. If these regulatory agencies require us to increase the allowance for estimated loan losses, it would have a negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of appraisals in deciding whether to make a loan secured by real property does not ensure the value of the real property collateral.

In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made. If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or foreclosure of the property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the property.

Any expansion into new markets or new lines of business might not be successful.

As part of our ongoing strategic plan, we may consider expansion into new geographic markets. Such expansion might take the form of the establishment of de novo branches or the acquisition of existing banks or bank branches. There are considerable costs associated with opening new branches, and new branches generally do not generate sufficient revenues to offset costs until they have been in operation for some time. Additionally, we may consider expansion into new lines of business through the acquisition of third parties or organic growth and development. There are substantial risks associated with such efforts, including risks that (i) revenues

17


from such activit ies might not be sufficient to offset the development, compliance, and other implementation costs, (ii) competing products and services and shifting market preferences might affect the profitability of such activities, and (iii) our internal controls might be inadequate to manage the risks associated with new activities. Furthermore, it is possible that our unfamiliarity with new markets or lines of business might adversely affect the success of such actions. If any such expansions into new geographic or pr oduct markets are not successful, there could be an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We have incurred substantial expenses related to our recent acquisition and expect to continue to incur some expenses related to the acquisition.

We have incurred substantial expenses and expect to continue to incur expenses in connection with completing our recent acquisition and integrating the operations of the acquired bank with our operations. There are a number of factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount or the timing of our transaction and integration expenses and such expenses may exceed our initial projections. Many of the expenses that will be incurred, by their nature, are difficult to estimate accurately at the present time. As a result, the transaction and integration expenses associated with our recent acquisitions could, particularly in the near term, exceed the savings that we expect to achieve from the elimination of duplicative expenses and the realization of economies of scale and cost savings related to the integration of the acquired businesses following the completion of our recent acquisitions.

Acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value, and integrating acquired companies may be more difficult, costly, or time-consuming than we expect.

Our business strategy focuses on both organic growth and growth through acquisitions of financial institutions located in the southeastern United States. Our pursuit of acquisitions may disrupt our business, and common stock that we issue as merger consideration may have the effect of diluting the value of your investment. In addition, we may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of completed acquisitions, including our acquisition of Keystone on December 31, 2015. We anticipate that the integration of Keystone and other businesses that we acquire in the future may be a time-consuming and expensive process, even if the integration process is effectively planned and implemented.

In addition, our acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of significant risks, including the following:

 

·

incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

 

·

using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target company or the assets and liabilities that we seek to acquire;

 

·

exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company;

 

·

intense competition from other banking organizations and other potential acquirers, many of which have substantially greater resources than we do;

 

·

potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire, including, without limitation, liabilities for regulatory and compliance issues;

 

·

inability to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence, and other projected benefits of the acquisition;

 

·

incurring time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

 

·

inconsistencies in standards, procedures, and policies that would adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees;

 

·

experiencing higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations;

 

·

creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations;

 

·

losing key employees and customers;

 

·

significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and customer data of the entity;

 

·

integration of acquired customers into our financial and customer product systems;

 

·

potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company; or

 

·

risks of impairment to goodwill or other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities.

18


If difficulties arise with respect to the integration process, the economic benefits expected to result from acquisitio ns might not occur. As with any merger of financial institutions, there also may be business disruptions that cause us to lose customers or cause customers to move their business to other financial institutions. Failure to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire could have an adverse effect on our profitability, return on equity, return on assets, or our ability to implement our strategy, any of which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation.

Our liquidity needs might adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The primary sources of funds for the Bank are customer deposits and loan repayments. Loan repayments are subject to the credit risks described above. In addition, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including interest rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, returns available to customers on alternative investments, and general economic conditions. Therefore, RB&T may be required to rely from time to time on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations or support growth. RB&T has lines of credit in place with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and correspondent banks that we believe are adequate to meet the Banks’ liquidity needs. However, there can be no assurance that these arrangements will be sufficient to meet future liquidity needs, particularly if loan demand grows faster than anticipated.

As a bank holding company, the sources of funds available to us are limited.

Any future constraints on liquidity at the holding company level could impair our ability to declare and pay dividends on our common stock. In some instances, notice to, or approval from, the Federal Reserve may be required prior to our declaration or payment of dividends. Further, our operations are primarily conducted by our subsidiary Bank, which is subject to significant regulation. Federal and state banking laws restrict the payment of dividends by banks to their holding companies, and RB&T will be subject to these restrictions in paying dividends to us. Because our ability to receive dividends or loans from RB&T is restricted, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is also restricted.

Additionally, the right of a bank holding company to participate in the assets of its subsidiary bank in the event of a bank-level liquidation or reorganization is subject to the claims of the bank’s creditors, including depositors, which take priority, except to the extent that the holding company may be a creditor with a recognized claim.

Our largest loan relationships currently make up a significant percentage of our total loan portfolio.

The concentration risk associated with having a small number of extremely large loan relationships is that, if one or more of these relationships were to become delinquent or suffer default, we could be at serious risk of material losses. The allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover losses associated with any of these relationships, and any loss or increase in the allowance would negatively affect our earnings and capital. Even if the loans are collateralized, the large increase in classified assets could harm our reputation with our regulators and inhibit our ability to execute our business plan.

Several of our large depositors have relationships with each other, which creates a higher risk that one customer’s withdrawal of its deposit could lead to a loss of other deposits from customers within the relationship, which, in turn, could force us to fund our business through more expensive and less stable sources.

Several of our large depositors have business, family, or other relationships with each other, which creates a risk that any one customer’s withdrawal of its deposit could lead to a loss of other deposits from customers within the relationship.

Withdrawals of deposits by any one of our largest depositors or by one of our related customer groups could force us to rely more heavily on borrowings and other sources of funding for our business and withdrawal demands, adversely affecting our net interest margin and results of operations. We may also be forced, as a result of any withdrawal of deposits, to rely more heavily on other, potentially more expensive and less stable funding sources. Consequently, the occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.

We may not be able to adequately measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, which could adversely affect our profitability.

As a part of the products and services that we offer, we make commercial and commercial real estate loans. The principal economic risk associated with each class of loans is the creditworthiness of the borrower, which is affected by the strength of the relevant business market segment, local market conditions, and general economic conditions. Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial loans include the quality of the management of the business and the borrower’s ability both to properly evaluate changes in the supply and demand characteristics affecting our market for products and services, and to effectively respond to those changes. Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial real estate loans include tenant vacancy rates and the quality of

19


management of the property. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could have an adve rse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and face significant competition from other financial institutions and financial services providers, which may decrease our growth or profits.

Consumer and commercial banking are highly competitive industries. Our market areas contain not only a large number of community and regional banks, but also a significant presence of the country’s largest commercial banks. We compete with other state and national financial institutions, as well as savings and loan associations, savings banks, and credit unions, for deposits and loans. In addition, we compete with financial intermediaries, such as consumer finance companies, commercial finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, securities firms, mutual funds, and several government agencies, as well as major retailers, all actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial services. Some of these competitors may have a long history of successful operations in our market areas and greater ties to local businesses and more expansive banking relationships, as well as more established depositor bases, fewer regulatory constraints, and lower cost structures than we do. Competitors with greater resources may possess an advantage through their ability to maintain numerous banking locations in more convenient sites, to conduct more extensive promotional and advertising campaigns, or to operate a more developed technology platform. Due to their size, many competitors may offer a broader range of products and services, as well as better pricing for certain products and services than we can offer. For example, in the current low interest rate environment, competitors with lower costs of capital may solicit our customers to refinance their loans with a lower interest rate. Further, increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions may adversely affect our ability to market our products and services. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to compete in our market areas without a retail footprint by offering competitive rates, and for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks.

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including:

 

·

our ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service and high ethical standards;

 

·

our ability to attract and retain qualified employees to operate our business effectively;

 

·

our ability to expand our market position;

 

·

the scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services that we offer to meet customer needs and demands;

 

·

the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

 

·

customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

 

·

industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As a community bank, our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business, and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring, and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers, and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

As a community banking institution, we have lower lending limits and different lending risks than certain of our larger, more diversified competitors.

We are a community banking institution that provides banking services to the local communities in the market areas in which we operate. Our ability to diversify our economic risks is limited by our own local markets and economies. We lend primarily to individuals and to small to medium-sized businesses, which may expose us to greater lending risks than those of banks that lend to

20


larger, better-capitalized businesses with longer operating histories. In addition, our legally mandated lending limits are lower than those of certain of our competitors that have more capital than we do. These lower lending limits may discourage borrowers with lending needs that exceed our limits from doing business with us. We may try to serve such borrowers by selling loan parti cipations to other financial institutions; however, this strategy may not succeed.

Our financial projections are based upon numerous assumptions about future events, and our actual financial performance may differ materially from our projections if our assumptions are inaccurate.

If the communities in which we operate do not grow, or if the prevailing economic conditions locally or nationally are less favorable than we have assumed, then our ability to reduce our non-performing loans and other real estate owned portfolios and to implement our business strategies may be adversely affected, and our actual financial performance may be materially different from our projections.

Moreover, we cannot give any assurance that we will benefit from any market growth or favorable economic conditions in our market areas even if they do occur. If our senior management team is unable to provide the effective leadership necessary to implement our strategic plan, including the successful integration of Keystone Bank and River Bank & Trust, our actual financial performance may be materially adversely different from our projections. Additionally, to the extent that any component of our strategic plan requires regulatory approval, if we are unable to obtain necessary approval, we will be unable to completely implement our strategy, which may adversely affect our actual financial results. Our inability to successfully implement our strategic plan could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our recent acquisitions of Keystone may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and also impair our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.

We completed the acquisition of Keystone on December 15, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the assets of Keystone constituted approximately 35.1% of our total consolidated assets. Our limited history operating the merged company and the lack of combined historical financial information may not provide an adequate basis for investors to evaluate our business, financial condition, and results of operations, or to assess trends that may be affecting the businesses that we have acquired, or our business as a whole. Our future operating results depend upon a number of factors, including our ability to integrate these acquisitions, manage our growth, retain the merged customer base, and successfully identify and respond to emerging trends affecting our primary product lines and markets. As a result of these uncertainties, predictions about our future financial performance may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history.

Because our business success depends significantly on key management personnel, the departure of such personnel could impair operations.

We depend heavily upon our senior management team. The loss of the services of a member of our senior management team, or an inability to attract other experienced banking personnel, could adversely affect our business. Some of these adverse effects could include the loss of personal contacts with existing or potential customers, as well as the loss of special technical knowledge, experience, and skills of such individuals who are responsible for our operations.

We may be adversely affected by the lack of soundness of other financial institutions or market utilities.

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions or market utilities, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses of depositor, creditor, and counterparty confidence, and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. In deciding whether to extend credit, we may rely upon our customers’ representations that their financial statements conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the customer. We also may rely on customer representations and certifications, or other audit or accountants’ reports, with respect to the business and financial condition of our clients. Our financial condition, results of operations, financial reporting, and reputation could be negatively affected if we rely on materially misleading, false, inaccurate, or fraudulent information.

21


We are subject to environmental risk in our lending activities.

Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property, we may foreclose upon and take title to such property in the ordinary course of business. If hazardous substances are found on such property, we could be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws might require us to incur substantial expenses, materially reduce the property’s value, or limit our ability to use or sell the property. Although management has policies requiring environmental reviews before loans secured by real property are made and before foreclosure is commenced, it is still possible that environmental risks might not be detected and that the associated costs might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We continually encounter technological change and may have fewer resources than our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.

The banking and financial services industries are undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to enhancing the level of service provided to customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that enhance customer convenience and create additional efficiencies in operations. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements, and we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services, which could reduce our ability to effectively compete.

Our information systems may experience a failure or interruption.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure or interruption in the operation of these systems could impair or prevent the effective operation of our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, lending, or other functions. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure or interruption in the operation of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions impacting our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and expose us to additional regulatory scrutiny, civil litigation, and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We use information technology in our operations and offer online banking services to our customers and unauthorized access to our or our customers’ confidential or proprietary information as a result of a cyber-attack or otherwise could expose us to reputational harm and litigation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers.

Information security risks for financial institutions have generally increased in recent years, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. We are under continuous threat of loss due to hacking and cyber-attacks, especially as we continue to expand customer capabilities to utilize internet and other remote channels to transact business. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature and complexity of these threats from cybercriminals and hackers, our plans to continue to provide internet banking and mobile banking channels, and our plans to develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our customers. Therefore, the secure processing, transmission, and storage of information in connection with our online banking services are critical elements of our operations. However, our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other malware, phishing schemes, or other security failures. In addition, our customers may use personal smartphones, tablet PCs, or other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems in order to access our products and services. Our technologies, systems and networks, and our customers’ devices, may become the target of cyber-attacks, electronic fraud, or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss, or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary, and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against these threats or to alleviate or investigate problems caused by such threats. To the extent that our activities or the activities of our customers involve the processing, storage, or transmission of confidential customer information, any breaches or unauthorized access to such information could present significant regulatory costs and expose us to litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent these types of security threats could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation and ability to generate deposits. While we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches to date, we may suffer such losses in the future. The occurrence of any cyber-attack or information security breach could result in potential liability to clients, reputational damage, damage to our competitive position, and the disruption of our operations, all of which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

22


We are dependent upon outside third parties for the processing and handling of our records and data.

We rely on software developed by third-party vendors to process various transactions. In some cases, we have contracted with third parties to run their proprietary software on our behalf. These systems include, but are not limited to, general ledger, payroll, employee benefits, loan and deposit processing, and securities portfolio accounting. While we perform a review of controls instituted by the applicable vendors over these programs in accordance with industry standards and perform our own testing of user controls, we must rely on the continued maintenance of controls by these third-party vendors, including safeguards over the security of customer data. In addition, we maintain, or contract with third parties to maintain, daily backups of key processing outputs in the event of a failure on the part of any of these systems. Nonetheless, we may incur a temporary disruption in our ability to conduct business or process transactions, or incur damage to our reputation, if the third-party vendor fails to adequately maintain internal controls or institute necessary changes to systems. Such a disruption or breach of security may have a material adverse effect on our business.

The internal controls that we have implemented in order to mitigate risks inherent to the business of banking might fail or be circumvented.

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls and procedures that are designed to manage the various risks in our business, including credit risk, operational risk, and interest rate risk. No system of controls, however well-designed and operated, can provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system will be met. If there were a failure of such a system, or if a system were circumvented, there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements.

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators or outside auditors) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict, and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements.

Adverse weather or manmade events could negatively affect our core markets or disrupt our operations, which could have an adverse effect upon our business and results of operations.

Our market areas are susceptible to natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms, other severe weather events, and related flooding and wind damage, and manmade disasters. These disasters could negatively impact regional economic conditions; cause a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and increase the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures, or loss on loans originated by us; damage our banking facilities and offices; and negatively impact our growth strategy. Such weather events could disrupt operations, result in damage to properties, and negatively affect the local economies in the markets where we operate. We cannot predict whether or to what extent damage that may be caused by future weather or manmade events will affect our operations or the economies in our current or future market areas, but such events could negatively impact economic conditions in these regions and result in a decline in local loan demand and loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of properties securing our loans, and an increase in delinquencies, foreclosures, or loan losses. Our business or results of operations may be adversely affected by these and other negative effects of natural or manmade disasters. Further, severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other external events could adversely affect us in a number of ways, including an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies, or defaults that could result in a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge-offs, and provision for loan losses. Such risks could also impair the value of collateral securing loans and hurt our deposit base.

We are or may become involved from time to time in suits, legal proceedings, information-gathering requests, investigations, and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.

Many aspects of our business involve substantial risk of legal liability. We are subject to being threatened to be named as defendants in lawsuits arising from our business activities, including business activities of Keystone prior to our acquisition. In addition, from time to time, we are, or may become, the subject of governmental and self-regulatory agency information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings, and other forms of regulatory inquiry, including by bank regulatory agencies, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and law enforcement authorities. The results of such proceedings could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgments, settlements, fines, injunctions, restrictions on the way in which we conduct our business, or reputational harm.

23


Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry

We are subject to extensive regulation in the conduct of our business, which imposes additional costs on us and adversely affects our profitability.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to federal regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA, and the examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve. Federal regulation of the banking industry, along with tax and accounting laws, regulations, rules, and standards, may limit our operations significantly and control the methods by which we conduct business, as they limit those of other banking organizations. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors, deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, and not stockholders or other creditors. These regulations affect lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy, and overall growth, among other things. For example, federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations limit the manner in which we may offer and extend credit. In addition, the laws governing bankruptcy generally favor debtors, making it more expensive and more difficult to collect from customers who become subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

We also may be required to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with applicable laws and regulations, particularly as a result of regulations adopted under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. This allocation of resources, as well as any failure to comply with applicable requirements, may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in laws, government regulation, and monetary policy may have a material effect on our results of operations.

Financial institutions have been the subject of significant legislative and regulatory changes and may be the subject of further significant legislation or regulation in the future, none of which is within our control. New proposals for legislation continue to be introduced in the U.S. Congress that could further substantially increase regulation of the bank and non-bank financial services industries, impose restrictions on the operations and general ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices, including in the areas of compensation, interest rates, financial product offerings, and disclosures, and have an effect on bankruptcy proceedings with respect to consumer residential real estate mortgages, among other things. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including changes in their interpretation or implementation by regulators, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could, among other things, subject us to additional costs and lower revenues, limit the types of financial services and products that we may offer, ease restrictions on non-banks and thereby enhance their ability to offer competing financial services and products, increase compliance costs, and require a significant amount of management’s time and attention. Failure to comply with statutes, regulations, or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil monetary penalties, or reputational damage, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we become subject as a result of such examinations could materially and adversely affect us.

The Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by banking agencies that periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations – specifically, RB&T is subject to examination by the FDIC and the Alabama Banking Department. Accommodating such examinations may require management to reallocate resources, which would otherwise be used in the day-to-day operation of other aspects of our business. If, as a result of an examination, any such banking agency was to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, allowance for loan losses, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management were in violation of any law or regulation, such banking agency may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action’s to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against us, our officers, or directors, to remove officers and directors, and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance. If we become subject to such a regulatory action, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

FDIC deposit insurance assessments may materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on earnings.

As a member institution of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, RB&T is assessed a quarterly deposit insurance premium. Failed banks nationwide have significantly depleted the insurance fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a Deposit Insurance Fund, or DIF, Restoration Plan, which requires the DIF to attain a 1.35% reserve ratio by September 30, 2020. As a result of this requirement, RB&T could be required to pay significantly higher premiums or additional

24


special assessments that would adversely affect earnings, thereby reducing the availa bility of funds to pay dividends to the parent company, River Financial Corporation.

We are subject to certain capital requirements by regulators.

Applicable regulations require us to maintain specific capital standards in relation to the respective credit risks of our assets and off-balance sheet exposures. Various components of these requirements are subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. We maintain a “well capitalized” status under the current regulatory framework. Our failure to maintain a “well capitalized” status could affect our customers’ confidence in us, which could adversely affect our ability to do business. In addition, failure to maintain such status could also result in restrictions imposed by our regulators on our growth and other activities. Any such effect on customers or restrictions by our regulators could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, including as a result of potential increased minimum capital thresholds established by regulators, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or may be dilutive to stockholders.

We are required by federal and state regulatory authorities to maintain adequate capital levels to support our operations. New regulations implementing minimum capital standards could require financial institutions to maintain higher minimum capital ratios and may place a greater emphasis on common equity as a component of “Tier 1 capital,” which consists generally of shareholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less certain goodwill items and other intangible assets. In order to support our operations and comply with regulatory standards, we may need to raise capital in the future. Our ability to raise additional capital will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, on our financial performance, and on our successful integration of Keystone and the operations of RB&T. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on favorable terms. The capital and credit markets have experienced significant volatility in recent years. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected, and our banking regulators may subject us to regulatory enforcement action, including receivership. Furthermore, our issuance of additional shares of our common stock could dilute the economic ownership interest of our stockholders.

We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.

The Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The U.S. Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.

We are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations, and any deemed deficiency by us with respect to these laws could result in significant liability.

The Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti- money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports when appropriate. In addition to other bank regulatory agencies, the federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Department of the Treasury is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the state and federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of the Treasury regarding, among other things, the prohibition of transacting business with, and the need to freeze assets of, certain persons and organizations identified as a threat to the national security, foreign policy, or economy of the United States. If our policies, procedures, and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future prospects.

25


Risks Related to Our Common Stock

An active, liquid market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained, which may impair your ability to sell your shares.

There is currently no public market for our common stock. If an active trading market does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares at the volume, prices, and times desired. To the extent there is trading in our common stock, the trading is in privately negotiated transactions at times and at prices of which we are sometimes unaware.

The trading price of our common stock may be subject to various influences, which may make it difficult for you to sell your shares at the volumes, prices, and times desired.

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile and subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

 

·

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, financial condition, or asset quality;

 

·

market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

 

·

publication of research reports about us, our competitors, or the bank and non-bank financial services industries generally, or changes in, or failure to meet, securities analysts’ estimates of our financial and operating performance, or lack of research reports by industry analysts or ceasing of coverage;

 

·

future issuances of our common stock or other securities;

 

·

significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by or involving our competitors or us;

 

·

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

·

trades of large blocks of our stock;

 

·

economic and political conditions or events;

 

·

regulatory developments; and

 

·

other news, announcements, or disclosures (whether by us or others) related to us, our competitors, our core markets, or the bank and non-bank financial services industries.

These and other factors may cause the market price and any demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock.

We cannot guarantee that we will pay dividends to our stockholders in the future.

The holders of our common stock will receive dividends if and when declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. Any future determination relating to the payment of dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

Our principal business operations are conducted through RB&T. Cash available to pay dividends to our stockholders is derived primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid by our Banks to us. The ability of RB&T to pay dividends to us, as well as our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders, will continue to be subject to, and limited by, certain legal and regulatory restrictions. Further, any lenders making loans to us may impose financial covenants that may be more restrictive with respect to dividend payments than the regulatory requirements.

A future issuance of stock could dilute the value of our common stock.

At a special meeting of our stockholders held on December 1, 2015, our existing stockholders approved a proposal to amend our certificate of incorporation to increase the number of shares of our common stock that we may issue to 10,000,000. As of March 8, 2016, 4,877,219 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. Those shares outstanding do not include the potential issuance, as of March 8, 2016, of 522,500 shares of our common stock subject to issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants, or 279,600  additional shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under the River Financial Corporation Incentive Stock Compensation Plans. Future issuance of any new shares could cause further dilution in the value of our outstanding shares of common stock.

26


Our directors and executive officers beneficially own a significant portion of our common stock and have substantial influence over us.

Our directors and executive officers, as a group, beneficially owned approximately 11.6% of our outstanding common stock as of March 8, 2016. As a result of this level of ownership, our directors and executive officers have the ability, by taking coordinated action, to exercise significant influence over our affairs and policies. The interests of our directors and executive officers may not be consistent with your interests as a stockholder. This influence may also have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our Company.

Shares of our common stock are not insured deposits and may lose value.

Shares of our common stock are not savings or deposit accounts and are not insured by the FDIC’s DIF, or any other agency or private entity. Such shares are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of some or all of the value of your investment.

The laws that regulate our operations are designed for the protection of depositors and the public, not our stockholders.

The federal and state laws and regulations applicable to our operations give regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement responsibilities, and generally have been promulgated to protect depositors and the FDIC’s DIF and not for the purpose of protecting stockholders. These laws and regulations can materially affect our future business. Laws and regulations now affecting us may be changed at any time, and the interpretation of such laws and regulations by bank regulatory authorities is also subject to change.

We have the ability to incur debt and pledge our assets, including our stock in RB&T, to secure that debt.

We have the ability to incur debt and pledge our assets to secure that debt. Absent special and unusual circumstances, a holder of indebtedness for borrowed money has rights that are superior to those of holders of common stock. For example, interest must be paid to the lender before dividends can be paid to the stockholders, and loans must be paid off before any assets can be distributed to stockholders if we were to liquidate. Furthermore, we would have to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, which could reduce our profitability or result in net losses on a consolidated basis.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business.

Since October 28, 2015, we have been required to comply with the regulatory and reporting requirements of the SEC. Complying with these reporting and other regulatory requirements is time consuming, results in increased costs to us, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As a public company, we are subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, we must commit significant resources and management oversight. We continue to implement procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. Sustaining our growth also requires us to commit additional management, operational, and financial resources to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective, and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are, therefore, not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose.

When evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented, or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot be

27


certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing, and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbane s-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigations b y regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal control system and hiring additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows.

 

 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

 

 

Item 2. Properties.

Our headquarters and the main office of RB&T is located at 2611 Legends Drive, Prattville, Alabama 36066. Including the main office, RB&T operates nine branches with drive-through and/or ATM service.

The following table summarizes pertinent details of the Company’s main and banking offices as of December 31, 2015:

 

Office Address

 

Owned/Leased

 

 

 

2611 Legends Drive

 

Owned

Prattville, AL 36066

 

 

 

 

 

612 South Memorial Drive

 

Leased

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

 

 

7075 Halcyon Park Drive

 

Leased

Montgomery, AL 36117

 

 

 

 

 

309 Maxwell Boulevard

 

Leased

Montgomery, AL 36104

 

 

 

 

 

10 Cambridge Drive

 

Owned

Wetumpka, AL 36092

 

 

 

 

 

3617 U.S. Highway 280

 

Leased

Alexander City, AL 35010

 

 

 

 

 

2394 East University Drive

 

Owned

Auburn, AL 36830

 

 

 

 

 

1804 Thomason Drive

 

Owned

Opelika, AL 36801

 

 

 

 

 

244 South 3rd Street

 

Owned

Gadsden, AL 35901

 

 

 

In addition, a branch office is currently being constructed and is expected to open by mid-2016 at 3111 Alabama Highway 14, Millbrook, Alabama. This office will be owned by RB&T. We believe that our banking offices are in good condition and are suitable to our needs.

 

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

As of February 26, 2016, we are not subject pending or threatened litigation in the ordinary course of our business.

 

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

 

 

28


PART II

 

 

Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market for Our Common Stock

There is currently no established public trading market for shares of our common stock. We do not make a market in our securities, nor do we attempt to negotiate prices for trades of such securities. When made, sales are normally undertaken in privately negotiated transactions, sometimes at prices of which we are unaware. As of March 8, 2016, there were approximately 701 registered holders of our common stock.

The last known privately negotiated trade of our common stock of which management is aware occurred on March 8, 2016, at a price of $16.00 per share.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about River Financial’s shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of options, warrants, and rights under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of March 8, 2016.

 

Plan Category

 

Number

of   Securities

to be Issued

Upon Exercise

of   Outstanding

Options and

Rights

 

 

Weighted –

Average

Exercise

Price of

Outstanding

Options and

Rights

 

 

Number of

Securities

Remaining

Available for

Future Issuance

Under Equity

Compensation

Plans (Excluding

Securities

Reflected

in the First

Column)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by Security

   Holders (1)

 

 

239,500

 

 

$

11.41

 

 

 

81,600

 

Equity compensation plans approved by Security

   Holders (2)

 

 

102,000

 

 

$

16.00

 

 

 

198,000

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by Security

   Holders (3)

 

 

100,000

 

 

$

10.00

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by Security

   Holders (4)

 

 

45,000

 

 

$

8.06

 

 

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by Security

   Holders (5)

 

 

36,000

 

 

$

8.00

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

522,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

These shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan.

(2)

These shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan.

(3)

These warrants were issued to directors as part of the organization of River Bank & Trust in 2006.

(4)

These shares reserved for issuance for the incentive stock options assumed from Keystone.

(5)

These warrants were assumed from Keystone.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In 2014 and 2015, the Company sold 10,489 and 11,109, shares, respectively, to its employee stock ownership plan. The Company relied upon exemptions from registration under SEC Rule 701 and Rule 147.

Dividends

The holders of our common stock receive dividends if and when declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. Any future determination of the payment of dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

29


We are subject to the Federal Reserve’s policies restricting bank holding companies from declaring or paying cash dividends. As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should consult with the Federal Reserve and eliminate, defer, or significantly reduce the bank holding company’s dividends if (i) its net income available to stockholders for the p ast four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) its prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its capital needs and overall current and prospective financial co ndition, or (iii) it will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Our failure to do so could result in the Federal Reserve finding that we are operating in an unsafe and unsound manner.

Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on the ability of our Banks to pay dividends to us. RB&T’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock to us without regulatory approval is limited by banking laws to its retained net income available to holders of its common stock to date for the then current fiscal year, plus retained net income from the prior two fiscal years.

Should the Banks be “significantly undercapitalized” under the applicable federal bank capital standards, or if  the Bank is “undercapitalized” and has failed to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan or has materially failed to implement such a plan, the FDIC may choose to require us to receive prior approval for any capital distribution from the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Banks generally are prohibited from making a capital distribution if it would cause them to be “undercapitalized” under applicable federal bank capital standards.

 

 

30


Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

Years Ended

December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share information)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Summary of Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

16,336

 

 

$

15,474

 

Total interest expense

 

 

1,221

 

 

 

1,274

 

Net interest income

 

 

15,115

 

 

 

14,200

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

556

 

 

 

1,057

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

14,559

 

 

 

13,143

 

Noninterest income

 

 

2,897

 

 

 

2,467

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

13,821

 

 

 

10,607

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

3,635

 

 

 

5,003

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

1,523

 

Net income

 

 

2,369

 

 

 

3,480

 

Share and per common share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per share

 

$

0.79

 

 

$

1.16

 

Diluted net income per share

 

$

0.76

 

 

$

1.13

 

Common equity per common share outstanding

 

$

15.58

 

 

$

14.68

 

Tangible common equity per common share outstanding

 

$

13.05

 

 

$

14.68

 

Dividends per common share

 

$

0.14

 

 

$

0.10

 

Actual common shares outstanding

 

 

4,809,594

 

 

 

2,998,837

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

2,995,523

 

 

 

2,992,315

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

3,105,130

 

 

 

3,086,740

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

718,034

 

 

$

446,704

 

Securities

 

 

144,721

 

 

 

130,285

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 

 

479,271

 

 

 

265,137

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

3,827

 

 

 

3,778

 

Deposits

 

 

610,399

 

 

 

387,831

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

10,500

 

 

 

6,000

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

74,924

 

 

 

44,031

 

Average total assets

 

 

446,871

 

 

 

430,908

 

Average loans

 

 

288,931

 

 

 

250,778

 

Average interest earning assets

 

 

409,931

 

 

 

399,864

 

Average deposits

 

 

386,106

 

 

 

374,386

 

Average interest bearing deposits

 

 

298,769

 

 

 

296,584

 

Average interest bearing liabilities

 

 

314,130

 

 

 

311,856

 

Average total stockholders’ equity

 

 

47,560

 

 

 

41,273

 

 

31


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (continued)

 

 

 

Years Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Selected Financial Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ratios are annualized where applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.53

%

 

 

0.81

%

Return on average equity

 

 

4.98

%

 

 

8.43

%

Average equity to average total assets

 

 

10.64

%

 

 

9.58

%

Dividend payout (1)

 

 

17.69

%

 

 

8.50

%

Efficiency ratio (2)

 

 

76.73

%

 

 

63.64

%

Net interest margin (3)

 

 

3.69

%

 

 

3.55

%

Net interest spread (4)

 

 

3.71

%

 

 

3.56

%

Capital Ratios (5):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

15.76

%

 

 

9.68

%

Common equity tier 1 (CET1) risk-based capital

 

 

13.18

%

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 risk-based capital

 

 

13.18

%

 

 

14.40

%

Total risk-based capital

 

 

13.89

%

 

 

15.65

%

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ratios are annualized where applicable)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs to average loans

 

 

0.18

%

 

 

0.39

%

Allowance to period end loans

 

 

0.80

%

 

 

1.42

%

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

 

 

115.17

%

 

 

367.15

%

Non-performing assets to total assets

 

 

0.73

%

 

 

0.75

%

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banking locations

 

 

9

 

 

 

5

 

Full-time equivalent employees

 

 

125

 

 

 

80

 

 

(1)

Dividend payout ratio is dividends divided by net income.

(2)

Efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income before the provision for loan losses plus noninterest income.

(3)

Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

(4)

Net interest spread is the difference between the weighted average yield on interest earning assets and the average effective rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.

(5)

Capital ratio calculated on bank-only data. CET1 is only applicable beginning January 1, 2015 under regulatory capital regulations.

 

 

32


Item 7. Management’s Discussi on and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this document. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

The following discussion pertains to our historical results, on a consolidated basis. However, because we conduct all of our material business operations through our subsidiaries, the discussion and analysis relates to activities primarily conducted at the subsidiary level.

All dollar amounts in the tables in this section are in thousands of dollars, except per share data or when specifically identified.

Our Business

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Prattville, Alabama. We operate one subsidiary bank – River Bank and Trust (“RB&T” or the “Bank”).

Through the Bank, we provide a broad array of financial services to businesses, business owners and professionals through nine full-service banking offices in Alabama. RB&T is scheduled to open an additional branch location in Millbrook, Alabama by mid-2016.

2015 Merger

On December 31, 2015, we merged with Keystone Bancshares, Inc. (Keystone) with River Financial Corporation being the survivor. At the same time, Keystone’s wholly owned subsidiary bank, Keystone Bank, was merged into RB&T. Keystone’s common shareholders received 1 share of our common stock and $4.00 in cash in exchange for each share of Keystone’s common stock. We paid an aggregate of $7,273,968 in cash and issued 1,818,492 shares of our common stock. The aggregate estimated value of the consideration paid was $36.4 million. We recorded $9.4million of goodwill and a core deposit intangible asset of $2.8 million.

We marked Keystone’s assets and liabilities to fair value based on information available, and these fair value adjustments are subject to change for up to one year after the closing date as additional information becomes available. We acquired approximately $251.8 million in assets at fair value from Keystone and added three banking offices with approximately $169.1 million in loans and approximately $206.0 million in deposits.

Additional information regarding the Keystone merger is included in Note 2, “Business Combinations,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements provided herein.

Overview of 2015 Results

Our net income was $2.4 million in 2015, compared with $3.5 million in 2014. The largest contributing factors leading to the decrease in the 2015 net income and other highlights include the following:

 

·

We recognized merger-related expenses in 2015 of approximately $673 thousand for investment banking, legal, audit, and other services. We also recognized expense in 2015 of approximately $1.3 million to terminate existing contracts for various data processing services and to provide de-conversion services in order to allow us to convert to new systems that we expect to better provide for growth and improved customer service over the next 5-10 years.

 

·

Average loans outstanding in 2015 were $288.9 million, approximately 15.2% higher than $250.8 million in average loans outstanding in 2014. The higher average balance for total loans outstanding was the primary reason for the increase of $915 thousand in our net interest income.

 

·

Average total investment securities in 2015 were $115.8 million compared to $142.7 million in 2014. The decrease resulted from utilizing cash flows from the investment portfolio to fund a substantial portion of the loan growth that occurred in 2015.

 

·

Average non-interest bearing deposits grew from $77.8 million in 2014 to $87.3 million in 2015.

33


 

·

The effective rate on total interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 0.41% in 2014 to 0.39% in 2015 as we aggressively worked to reduce our overall interest cost of funding earning assets.

 

·

Our higher net interest income was offset by higher operating expenses, which grew to $13.8 million in 2015 from $10.6 million in 2014. The largest increases in operating expenses came from the merger and data processing expenses discussed above.

Because the merger with Keystone occurred at the close of business December 31, 2015, none of the operating income or expenses for Keystone are included in our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December31, 2015.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the application of certain accounting policies, the most significant of which are described in RFC’s Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain of these policies require numerous estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or subject to variation and may significantly affect our reported results and financial position for the current period or future periods. The use of estimates, assumptions, and judgment is necessary when financial assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect fair value. Assets carried at fair value inherently result in more financial statement volatility. Fair values and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices or are provided by other independent third-party sources, when available. When such information is not available, management estimates valuation adjustments. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions or estimates in any of these areas could have a material impact on our future financial condition and results of operations.

The following briefly describes the more complex policies involving a significant amount of judgments about valuation and the application of complex accounting standards and interpretations.

Allowance for Loan Losses

We record estimated probable inherent credit losses in the loan portfolio as an allowance for loan losses. The methodologies and assumptions for determining the adequacy of the overall allowance for loan losses involve significant judgments to be made by management. Some of the more critical judgments supporting RFC’s allowance for loan losses include judgments about: creditworthiness of borrowers, estimated value of underlying collateral, assumptions about cash flow, determination of loss factors for estimated credit losses, and the impact of current events, conditions, and other factors impacting the level of inherent losses. Under different conditions or using different assumptions, the actual or estimated credit losses ultimately realized by RFC may be different than management’s estimates provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this joint proxy statement-prospectus. For a more complete discussion of the methodology employed to calculate the allowance for loan losses, see Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, which are included elsewhere in this document.

Investment Securities Impairment

Periodically, we assess whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security on which there is an unrealized loss is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. In such instance, we would consider many factors, including the severity and duration of the impairment, our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recover in value, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, and for debt securities, external credit ratings and recent downgrades. Securities on which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-temporary are written down to fair value. The credit portion of the impairment, if any, is recognized as a realized loss in current earnings.

Income Taxes

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed using the asset and liability method, which recognizes a liability or asset representing the tax effects, based on current tax law, of future deductible or taxable amounts attributable to events recognized in the financial statements. A valuation allowance may be established to the extent necessary to reduce the deferred tax asset to a level at which it is “more likely than not” that the tax assets or benefits will be realized. Realization of tax benefits depends on having sufficient taxable income, available tax loss carrybacks or credits, the reversing of taxable temporary differences and/or tax planning strategies within the reversal period and that current tax law allows for the realization of recorded tax benefits.

Business Combinations

Assets purchased and liabilities assumed in a business combination are recorded at their fair value. The fair value of a loan portfolio acquired in a business combination requires greater levels of management estimates and judgment than the remainder of purchased assets or assumed liabilities. On the date of acquisition, when the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since

34


origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, the difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference. We mu st estimate expected cash flows at each reporting date. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the ex tent of prior charges and adjusted accretable yield which will have a positive impact on interest income. In addition, purchased loans without evidence of credit deterioration are also handled under this method.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

The following is a narrative discussion and analysis of significant changes in our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Net Income

2015 vs. 2014

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our net income was $2.4 million, compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of 31.9%. The primary reason for the decrease in net income in 2015 compared to 2014 was an increase in noninterest expense. The largest expense increases were for merger-related costs for the Keystone merger and data processing expenses for contract termination and de-conversion costs to convert to a new data processing system. The merger-related expenses total approximately $673 thousand and the data processing expenses totaled approximately $1.3 million. Total noninterest expense increased $3.2 million from $10.6 million in 2014 to $13.8 million in 2015.Excluding the merger-related and data processing conversion expenses, noninterest expenses increased $1.3 million.

Net interest income increased to $15.1 million in 2015 from $14.2 million in 2014, or 6.4%. The increase in net interest income resulted from an increase in average total loans outstanding in 2015 of $38.2 million, or 15.2%, over 2014. Our net interest margin also saw a sizeable increase from 3.55% in 2014 to 3.69% in 2015 because of the loan growth.

Noninterest income increased from $2.5 million in 2014 to $2.9 million in 2015, or 17.4%. This increase was driven by the inception of non-deposit investment brokerage services in 2015 which produced $199 thousand in revenue. Income from bank owned life insurance increased $131 thousand in 2015 following the purchase in late 2014 of additional bank owned life insurance.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Analysis

The largest component of our net income is net interest income – the difference between the income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds used to support our assets. Net interest income divided by average earning assets represents our net interest margin. The major factors that affect net interest income and net interest margin are changes in volumes, the yield on interest-earning assets, and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Our margin can also be affected by economic conditions, the competitive environment, loan demand, and deposit flow. Our ability to respond to changes in these factors by using effective asset-liability management techniques is critical to maintaining the stability of the net interest margin and our primary source of earnings.

35


The following table shows, for the years 2015 and 2014, the average balance of each principal category of our assets and liabilities and the average yields on assets and average co sts of liabilities. Such yields and costs are calculated by dividing income or expense by the average daily balances of the associated assets or liabilities.

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS & NET INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

Income/

Expense

 

 

Average

Yield/Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

Income/

Expense

 

 

Average

Yield/Rate

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

288,931

 

 

$

14,100

 

 

 

4.88

%

 

$

250,778

 

 

$

12,665

 

 

 

5.05

%

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

155

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3.23

%

 

 

148

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3.38

%

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

 

89,861

 

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

1.73

%

 

 

119,559

 

 

 

2,134

 

 

 

1.78

%

Tax-exempt securities

 

 

25,965

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

4.24

%

 

 

23,145

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

4.43

%

Interest bearing balances in other banks

 

 

4,143

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

0.48

%

 

 

2,486

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

0.97

%

Federal funds sold

 

 

874

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

0.34

%

 

 

3,747

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

0.27

%

Total interest earning assets

 

$

409,929

 

 

$

16,787

 

 

 

4.10

%

 

$

399,863

 

 

$

15,863

 

 

 

3.97

%

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing transaction accounts

 

$

117,513

 

 

$

224

 

 

 

0.19

%

 

$

113,416

 

 

$

226

 

 

 

0.20

%

Savings and money market accounts

 

 

85,438

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

0.22

%

 

 

78,200

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

0.23

%

Time deposits

 

 

95,818

 

 

 

747

 

 

 

0.78

%

 

 

104,968

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

0.80

%

Short-term debt

 

 

9,038

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

0.20

%

 

 

9,459

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

0.18

%

Long-term debt

 

 

6,323

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

0.65

%

 

 

5,813

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

0.22

%

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

$

314,130

 

 

$

1,221

 

 

 

0.39

%

 

$

311,856

 

 

$

1,274

 

 

 

0.41

%

Noninterest-bearing funding of earning assets

 

 

95,799

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

 

 

88,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.00

%

Total cost of funding earning assets

 

$

409,929

 

 

$

1,221

 

 

 

0.30

%

 

$

399,863

 

 

$

1,274

 

 

 

0.32

%

Net interest rate spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.56

%

Net interest income/margin (taxable equivalent)

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,566

 

 

 

3.80

%

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,589

 

 

 

3.65

%

Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

(451

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(389

)

 

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin

 

 

 

 

 

$

15,115

 

 

 

3.69

%

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,200

 

 

 

3.55

%

 

Comparison of net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Net interest income increased $915 thousand, or 6.4%, to $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $14.2 million for 2014. The increase was due to an increase in interest income of $862 thousand, resulting from higher levels of loan volume and $52 thousand decrease in interest expense. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a 15.2% increase in average loans outstanding during 2015 compared to 2014. The resulting net interest margin for 2015 rose to 3.69%, from 3.55% during 2014. The net interest margin in 2015 benefited from a decrease in the effective rate and average volume of total interest-bearing liabilities and also an increase in non-interest bearing deposits. During 2015, non-interest bearing deposits averaged $87.3 million, compared to $77.8 million during 2014, an increase of $9.5 million, or 12.2%.

Interest-earning assets averaged $409.9 million for 2015, compared to $399.9 million for 2014, an increase of $925 thousand, or 0.23%. The mix of average earning assets in 2015 shifted toward loans as average loans increased $38.2 million during 2015 to $288.9 million from $250.8 million in 2014 while total investment securities decreased $26.9 million during 2015 to $115.8 million compared to $142.70 million in 2014. The yield on average interest-earning assets increased 13 basis points to 4.10% during 2015, compared to 3.97% for 2014. The yield on earning assets increased primarily due to an increased average volume in loans during 2015. During 2015, loan yields decreased 17 basis points to 4.88%. The decrease in loan yields was primarily due to amortization of loans and continued repricing to lower market interest rates.

Interest-bearing liabilities averaged $314.1 million for 2015, compared to $311.9 million for 2014, a decrease of $52 thousand. The decrease in average volume occurred in the time deposit category as we continued to place emphasis on growing lower cost deposits and aggressively pricing time deposits to reduce cost. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 0.39% for 2015, compared to 0.41% for 2014. Each category of deposits experienced rate reductions in 2015 compared to 2014. We have benefited from the historically low interest rates and repriced time deposits at maturity at the lower current market rates, and we have also lowered rates on other deposit accounts to lower market rates where possible. The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was offset by the rate reductions and resulted in slightly lower total interest expense for 2015.

36


The following table reflects, for the years 2015 and 2014, the changes in our net interest income due to changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the associated rates earned or paid on the assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 vs.

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Volume

 

 

Variance

due to

Yield/Rate

 

 

Total

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

1,927

 

 

$

(491

)

 

$

1,436

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable securities

 

 

(530

)

 

 

(45

)

 

 

(575

)

Tax-exempt securities

 

 

124

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

75

 

Interest bearing balances in other banks

 

 

15

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(4

)

Federal funds sold

 

 

(8

)

 

 

1

 

 

 

(7

)

Total interest earning assets

 

$

1,528

 

 

$

(603

)

 

$

925

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing transaction accounts

 

$

8

 

 

$

(10

)

 

$

(2

)

Savings and money market accounts

 

 

17

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

15

 

Time deposits

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(94

)

Short-term debt

 

 

(1

)

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Long-term debt

 

 

1

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

28

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

$

(48

)

 

$

(4

)

 

$

(52

)

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (taxable equivalent)

 

$

1,576

 

 

$

(599

)

 

$

977

 

Taxable equivalent adjustment

 

 

(212

)

 

 

150

 

 

 

(62

)

Net interest income

 

$

1,364

 

 

$

(449

)

 

$

915

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $556 thousand compared to $1.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The decrease in the provision for loan losses resulted from improvement in the overall credit quality of the loan portfolio and lower net loan charge-offs. Net loan charge-offs decreased from $980 thousand in 2014 to $507 thousand in 2015. The allowance for loan losses is increased by a provision for loan losses, which is a charge to earnings, and is decreased by charge-offs and increased by loan recoveries. In determining the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider our historical loan loss experience, the general economic environment, the overall portfolio composition, and other information. As these factors change, the level of loan loss provision changes. When individual loans are evaluated for impairment, and impairment is deemed necessary, the impaired portion of the loan amount is generally charged off. As of December 31, 2015, $1.3 million of our allowance was related to impaired loans.

Noninterest Income

In addition to net interest margin, we generate other types of recurring noninterest income from our operations. Our banking operations generate revenue from service charges and fees on deposit accounts. We have a mortgage division that generates revenue from originating and selling mortgages, and from the sale of non-deposit investment products through an arrangement with a registered broker-dealer with which we have a revenue-sharing arrangement. In addition to these types of recurring noninterest income, the Bank owns insurance on several key employees and records income on the increase in the cash surrender value of these policies.

37


The following table sets forth the principa l components of noninterest income for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Service charges and fees

 

$

1,893

 

 

$

1,796

 

Investment brokerage revenue

 

 

199

 

 

 

 

Mortgage operations

 

 

205

 

 

 

174

 

Bank owned life insurance income

 

 

307

 

 

 

176

 

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

 

24

 

 

 

20

 

Other noninterest income

 

 

269

 

 

 

301

 

Total noninterest income

 

$

2,897

 

 

$

2,467

 

 

Noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $2.9 million and $2.5 million, respectively. The primary reasons for the increase in noninterest income were increased investment brokerage revenue and bank owned life insurance income. We started offering investment brokerage services in 2015 and generated revenue of $199 thousand compared to none in 2014. Bank owned life insurance income increased from $176 thousand in 2014 to $307 thousand in 2015 because of an additional investment in bank owned life insurance. Service charges and fees continued to be our largest source of noninterest income in 2015 with $1.9 million compared to $1.8 million in 2014. These service charges and fees are primarily generated by checking and savings accounts.

Noninterest expense

Our total noninterest expense increase reflects our continued growth, as well as the expansion of our operational framework, employee expansion, and facility expansion, as we build the foundation to support our recent and future growth. We believe that some of our overhead costs will reduce as a percentage of our revenue as we grow and gain operating leverage by spreading these costs over a larger revenue base.

The following table presents the primary components of noninterest expense for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

For the Years Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

6,284

 

 

$

5,631

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

941

 

 

 

829

 

Equipment rentals, depreciation, and maintenance

 

 

474

 

 

 

470

 

Telephone and communications

 

 

131

 

 

 

105

 

Advertising and business development

 

 

459

 

 

 

431

 

Data processing

 

 

2,395

 

 

 

1,030

 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

167

 

 

 

81

 

Federal deposit insurance and other regulatory assessments

 

 

319

 

 

 

301

 

Legal and other professional services

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

255

 

Other operating expense

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

1,474

 

Total noninterest expense

 

$

13,821

 

 

$

10,607

 

 

Noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $13.8 million and $10.6 million, respectively, an increase of $3.2 million, or 30.3%. The largest component of noninterest expense was salaries and employee benefits. Salaries continue to increase as we expand our presence in the markets in which we operate. During 2015, we opened a new full-service office in Alexander City, Alabama and we began providing investment brokerage services to our customers. These were the primary reasons for the increase in salaries and employee benefits in 2015 which increased from $5.6 million in 2014 to $6.3 million in 2015. The opening of the new Alexander City, Alabama full-service office in 2015 was the main reason for the increase in occupancy expenses in 2015 to $941 thousand from $829 thousand in 2014.

The largest increases in noninterest expense occurred in data processing expense and legal and other professional service expense. The increase in data processing expense of $1.4 million was almost entirely related to the recognition of the termination of data processing service contracts and de-conversion fees as we prepare to convert to a new core data processing system. We made the decision to change to the new core data processing system because we believe the new system will provide better service for our customers and better operating efficiency internally. Legal and professional services expense increased from $255 thousand in 2014 to $1 million in 2015. This increase resulted largely from merger-related expenses for our merger with Keystone Bancshares that

38


occurred on December 31, 2015. These merger-related expenses accounted for $673 thousand of the increase in total legal and other professional services expenses in 2015 as compared to 2014.

Income Tax Provision

Income tax expense of $1.3 million and $1.5 million was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in income tax expense during 2015 was due to a decrease in pre-tax income. The effective tax rate for the year 2015 was 34.8% compared to 30.4% for the year 2014. The effective tax rates are affected by items of income and expense that are not subject to federal and state taxation. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2015 as compared to 2014 was primarily related to non-deductible merger-related expenses.

Comparison of Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014

Overview

Our total assets increased $271.3 million, or 60.7%, from $446.7 million at December 31, 2014, to $718.0 million at December 31, 2015. Total assets at December 31, 2015 included the assets of Keystone which was merged with and into River on December 31, 2015. Excluding the impact of the acquired assets of Keystone, total assets increased $28.9 million during 2015. Excluding the impact of the acquired loans from Keystone, loans increased by $42.2 million during 2015. Excluding the investment securities acquired from Keystone, investment securities decreased $19.9 million in 2015 as cash flows from the portfolio were used to fund loan growth. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $5.6 million during 2015.

Deposits at December 31, 2015 totaled $610.4 million, an increase of $222.6 million as compared to December 31, 2014. Excluding the deposits assumed in the Keystone acquisition, deposits increased $16.0 million during 2015. Our deposits increased during 2015 due to the successful business development efforts of our employees as we continue to move banking relationships from other financial institutions. Additionally, the Bank has also benefited from excess liquidity in the financial markets, as investors are unwilling to make long-term investments due to the low interest rate environment and elect to maintain cash in interest-bearing transaction and money market accounts.

Loans

Loans are our largest category of earning assets and typically provide higher yields than other types of earning assets. Associated with the higher loan yields are the inherent credit and liquidity risks that we attempt to control and counterbalance. Total loans averaged $288.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, or 70.5% of average earning assets, as compared to $250.8 million or 62.7% of average earning assets, for the year ended December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015, total loans, net of unearned income, were $479.3 million, compared to $265.1 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $214.2 million, or 80.8%. Excluding the impact of the loans acquired from Keystone totaling $172.0 million, loans increased $42.2 million, or 15.9%, during 2015.

The organic, or non-acquired, growth in our loan portfolio is attributable to our ability to attract new customers from other financial institutions and overall growth in our markets. Much of our loan growth has come from moving customers from other financial institutions to RB&T. We have also been successful in building banking relationships with new customers. We have hired several new bankers in the markets that we serve, and these employees have been successful in transitioning their former clients and attracting new clients to RB&T. Our bankers are expected to be involved in their communities and to maintain business development efforts to develop relationships with clients, and our philosophy is to be responsive to customer needs by providing decisions in a timely manner. In addition to our business development efforts, many of the markets that we serve have shown signs of economic recovery over the last few years.

39


The table below provides a summary of the loan portfolio composition as of the periods indicated.

COMPOSITION OF LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of

Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of

Total

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closed-end 1-4 family - first lien

 

$

111,476

 

 

 

23.4

%

 

$

49,198

 

 

 

18.8

%

Closed-end 1-4 family - junior lien

 

 

5,246

 

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

1,638

 

 

 

0.6

%

Multi-family

 

 

17,553

 

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

5,455

 

 

 

2.1

%

Equity lines of credit

 

 

32,969

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

16,433

 

 

 

6.3

%

Total residential real estate

 

 

167,244

 

 

 

35.1

%

 

 

72,724

 

 

 

27.8

%

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonfarm nonresidential

 

 

149,597

 

 

 

31.5

%

 

 

90,657

 

 

 

34.7

%

Farmland

 

 

15,456

 

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

8,496

 

 

 

3.3

%

Total commercial real estate

 

 

165,053

 

 

 

34.8

%

 

 

99,153

 

 

 

37.9

%

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

21,302

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

6,792

 

 

 

2.6

%

Other

 

 

34,459

 

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

18,187

 

 

 

7.0

%

Total construction and land development

 

 

55,761

 

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

24,979

 

 

 

9.6

%

Commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

71,247

 

 

 

15.0

%

 

 

49,156

 

 

 

18.8

%

Agricultural

 

 

946

 

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

676

 

 

 

0.3

%

State, county, and municipal loans

 

 

7,414

 

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

5,986

 

 

 

2.3

%

Total commercial loans

 

 

79,607

 

 

 

16.8

%

 

 

55,818

 

 

 

21.4

%

Consumer loans

 

 

19,557

 

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

12,912

 

 

 

4.9

%

Total gross loans

 

 

487,222

 

 

 

102.5

%

 

 

265,586

 

 

 

101.6

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(3,827

)

 

 

(0.8

)%

 

 

(3,778

)

 

 

(1.4

)%

Net deferred loan fees and discounts

 

 

(7,951

)

 

 

(1.7

)%

 

 

(449

)

 

 

(0.2

)%

Net loans

 

$

475,444

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

261,359

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

In the context of this discussion, a “real estate mortgage loan” is defined as any loan, other than a loan for construction purposes, secured by real estate, regardless of the purpose of the loan. It is common practice for financial institutions in our market areas, and for us in particular, to obtain a security interest or lien in real estate whenever possible, in addition to any other available collateral. This collateral is taken to reinforce the likelihood of the ultimate repayment of the loan. This practice tends to increase the magnitude of the real estate loan portfolio. In many cases, we prefer real estate collateral to many other potential collateral sources, such as accounts receivable, inventory, and equipment.

The principal component of our loan portfolio is real estate mortgage loans on residential and commercial properties. At December 31, 2015, this category totaled $332.3 million and represented 68.2% of the total loan portfolio, compared to $171.9 million, or 64.7% of the total loan portfolio at year-end 2014. Each category of real estate mortgage loans increased during 2015, as described in more detail below.

Loans secured by residential properties (“residential real estate loans”) increased $94.5million, or 130.0%, to $167.2 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $72.7 million at December 31, 2014. Excluding the acquired Keystone loans, residential real estate loans increased $13.2 million, or 18.2%, during 2015.

Commercial real estate loans increased $65.9 million to $165.1 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $99.2 million at December 31, 2014. Excluding the acquired Keystone loans, commercial real estate loans increased $13.2 million, or 13.3%, during 2015. Of the $165.1 million in total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2015, approximately $94.3 million were secured by owner-occupied properties.

Real estate construction loans totaled $55.8 million at December 31, 2015, an increase $30.8 million, or 123.2%, over $25.0 million at December 31, 2014. Excluding the acquired Keystone loans, real estate construction loans increased $7.5 million, or 29.9%. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, this loan type accounted for 11.4% and 9.4%, respectively, of our total loan portfolio.

40


Commercial and industrial loans t otaled $79.6 million at December 31, 2015, compared to $55. 8 million at December 31, 2014. Excluding the acquired Keystone loans, commercial and industrial loans increased $1 1.0 million, or 19. 7 % during 201 5 . We expect this growth trend with respect to com mercial and industrial loans to continue as economic conditions improve.

The repayment of loans is a source of additional liquidity for us. The following table sets forth our loans maturing within specific intervals at December 31, 2015.

LOAN MATURITY AND SENSITIVITY TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Over one

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year

 

 

year through

 

 

Over five

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or less

 

 

five years

 

 

years

 

 

Total

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closed-end 1-4 family - first lien

 

$

10,925

 

 

$

73,846

 

 

$

26,705

 

 

$

111,476

 

Closed-end 1-4 family - junior lien

 

 

517

 

 

 

4,512

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

5,246

 

Multi-family

 

 

1,201

 

 

 

8,019

 

 

 

8,333

 

 

 

17,553

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

959

 

 

 

5,532

 

 

 

26,478

 

 

 

32,969

 

Total residential real estate

 

 

13,602

 

 

 

91,909

 

 

 

61,733

 

 

 

167,244

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonfarm nonresidential

 

 

17,635

 

 

 

105,733

 

 

 

26,229

 

 

 

149,597

 

Farmland

 

 

6,725

 

 

 

7,793

 

 

 

938

 

 

 

15,456

 

Total commercial real estate

 

 

24,360

 

 

 

113,526

 

 

 

27,167

 

 

 

165,053

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

20,737

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

21,302

 

Other

 

 

9,731

 

 

 

22,838

 

 

 

1,890

 

 

 

34,459

 

Total construction and land development

 

 

30,468

 

 

 

23,014

 

 

 

2,279

 

 

 

55,761

 

Commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

37,743

 

 

 

30,023

 

 

 

3,481

 

 

 

71,247

 

Agricultural

 

 

647

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

946

 

State, county, and municipal loans

 

 

793

 

 

 

5,582

 

 

 

1,039

 

 

 

7,414

 

Total commercial loans

 

 

39,183

 

 

 

35,656

 

 

 

4,768

 

 

 

79,607

 

Consumer loans

 

 

4,238

 

 

 

12,756

 

 

 

2,563

 

 

 

19,557

 

Total gross loans

 

$

111,851

 

 

$

276,861

 

 

$

98,510

 

 

$

487,222

 

 

The information presented in the table above is based upon the contractual maturities of the individual loans, which may be subject to renewal at their contractual maturity. Renewal of such loans is subject to review and credit approval, as well as modification of terms at their maturity. Consequently, we believe that this treatment presents fairly the maturity structure of the loan portfolio.

Investment Securities

We use our securities portfolio primarily to enhance our overall yield on interest-earning assets and as a source of liquidity, as a tool to manage our balance sheet sensitivity and regulatory capital ratios, and as a base upon which to pledge assets for public deposits. When our liquidity position exceeds current needs and our expected loan demand, other investments are considered as a secondary earnings alternative. As investments mature, they are used to meet current cash needs, or they are reinvested to maintain our desired liquidity position. We have designated all of our securities as available-for-sale to provide flexibility, in case an immediate need for liquidity arises, and we believe that the composition of the portfolio offers needed flexibility in managing our liquidity position and interest rate sensitivity without adversely impacting our regulatory capital levels. Securities available-for-sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income, net of related deferred taxes. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.

41


The following tables summarize the amortized cost and fair value of securiti es available-for-sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed

 

$

60,756

 

 

$

60,685

 

 

$

72,578

 

 

$

72,809

 

U.S. govt. sponsored enterprises

 

 

22,985

 

 

 

22,953

 

 

 

31,467

 

 

 

31,281

 

State, county, and municipal

 

 

58,018

 

 

 

59,023

 

 

 

24,246

 

 

 

25,193

 

Corporate debt obligations

 

 

2,057

 

 

 

2,060

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,002

 

Totals

 

$

143,816

 

 

$

144,721

 

 

$

129,291

 

 

$

130,285

 

 

The following table shows the scheduled maturity and average yields of our securities at December 31, 2015.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES MATURITY DISTRIBUTION AND YIELDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After one year but

 

 

After   five    years   but

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

 

within five years

 

 

within ten years

 

 

After ten years

 

 

Other securities

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

U.S. govt. sponsored enterprises

 

$

4,025

 

 

 

0.58

%

 

$

9,789

 

 

 

1.75

%

 

$

1,825

 

 

 

3.12

%

 

$

7,315

 

 

 

2.06

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

State, county, and municipal

 

 

5,397

 

 

 

1.53

%

 

 

16,273

 

 

 

1.77

%

 

 

9,991

 

 

 

2.65

%

 

 

27,361

 

 

 

2.77

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt obligations

 

 

250

 

 

 

0.72

%

 

 

450

 

 

 

1.70

%

 

 

1,003

 

 

 

1.53

%

 

 

357

 

 

 

6.79

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,685

 

 

 

1.82

%

Totals

 

$

9,672

 

 

 

1.11

%

 

$

26,512

 

 

 

1.76

%

 

$

12,819

 

 

 

2.63

%

 

$

35,033

 

 

 

2.66

%

 

$

60,685

 

 

 

1.82

%

 

We invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities, municipal securities, and obligations of government-sponsored entities and agencies of the United States, though we may in some situations also invest in direct obligations of the United States or obligations guaranteed as to the principal and interest by the United States. All of our mortgage-backed securities are residential securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or FHLMC. During all periods presented, we have used most of our excess liquidity to invest in loans, as our loan demand has remained strong, rather than investing in investment securities.

Allowance for Loan Losses, Provision and Asset Quality

Allowance for loan losses and provision

Our allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable inherent credit losses in the loan portfolio. We determine the required allowance each quarter based on an ongoing evaluation of risk as it correlates to potential losses within the portfolio. Increases in the allowance are made by charges to the provision for loan losses. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance. Recoveries of previously charged-off amounts are credited to our allowance for loan losses.

Management utilizes a review process for the loan portfolio to identify loans that are deemed to be impaired. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement or when the loan is deemed to be a troubled debt restructuring. For loans and loan relationships deemed to be impaired that are $100 thousand, or greater, management determines the estimated value of the underlying collateral, less estimated costs to acquire and sell the collateral, or the estimated net present value of the cash flows expected to be received on the loan or loan relationship. These amounts are compared to the current investment in the loan and a specific allowance for the deficiency, if any, is specifically included in the analysis of the allowance for loan losses. For loans and loan relationships less than $100 thousand that are deemed to be impaired, management applies a loss factor of 15% and includes that amount in that analysis of the allowance for loan losses rather than specifically measuring the impairment for each loan or loan relationship.

All other loans are deemed to be unimpaired and are grouped into various homogeneous risk pools utilizing regulatory reporting classifications. The Bank’s historical loss factors are calculated for each of these risk pools based on the net losses experienced as a percentage of the average loans outstanding. The time periods utilized in these historical loss factor calculations are subjective and vary according to management’s estimate of the impact of current economic cycles. As every loan has a risk of loss, minimum loss

42


factors are estimated based on long term trends for the Bank, the banking industry, and the economy. The greater of the calculated historical loss factors or the minimum loss factors are applied to the unimpaired loan amounts currently outstanding for the risk pool and included in the analysis of the allowance for loan losses. In addition, certain qualitative adjustments may be included by management as additional loss factors applied to the unimpaired loan risk pools. These adjustments may include, among other things, changes in loan policy, loan administration, loan, geographic, or industry concentrations, loan growth rates, and experience levels of our lending officers. The loss allocations for specifically impaired loans, smaller impaired loans n ot specifically measured for impairment, and unimpaired loans are totaled to determine the total required allowance for loan losses. This total is compared to the current allowance on the Bank’s books and adjustments made accordingly by a charge or credit to the provision for loan losses.

The following table presents a summary of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the periods and dates indicated.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

 

Year Ended:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

Amounts in thousands, (except percentages)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

 

$

3,778

 

 

$

3,701

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

267

 

 

 

690

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

 

 

258

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

333

 

 

 

26

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

600

 

 

 

1,008

 

Commercial

 

 

90

 

 

 

126

 

Consumer

 

 

126

 

 

 

97

 

Total charge-offs

 

 

816

 

 

 

1,231

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Construction and land development

 

 

192

 

 

 

54

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

16

 

 

 

2

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

209

 

 

 

72

 

Commercial

 

 

57

 

 

 

120

 

Consumer

 

 

43

 

 

 

59

 

Total recoveries

 

 

309

 

 

 

251

 

Net Charge-offs

 

 

507

 

 

 

980

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

556

 

 

 

1,057

 

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

 

$

3,827

 

 

$

3,778

 

Total loans outstanding, net of deferred loan fees

 

$

479,271

 

 

$

265,137

 

Average loans outstanding, net of deferred loan fees

 

$

288,931

 

 

$

250,778

 

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans

 

 

0.80

%

 

 

1.42

%

Net charge-offs to average loans (annualized)

 

 

0.18

%

 

 

0.39

%

 

The preceding table does not include the allowance for loan losses of Keystone. In accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations , Keystone’s allowance for loan losses was not brought forward at acquisition; rather, the acquired loans were recorded at fair value and any discount to fair value was recorded against the loans rather than as an allowance for loan losses. No portion of the discount was deemed related to credit quality. The total discount was recorded as an accretable discount and will be accreted into interest income over the life of the loans using the level yield method. At December 31, 2015, Keystone’s acquired loan portfolio totaled $176.3 million and had a related accretable discount of $7.2 million.

Overall, asset quality indicators have continued to improve, and, as a result, provision expense has been minimal for the Bank’s loan portfolio. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, we recorded provision expense of $556 thousand and $1.1 million, respectively.

43


Allocation of Our Allowance for Loan Losses

While no portion of our allowance for loan losses is in any way restricted to any individual loan or group of loans and the entire allowance is available to absorb losses from any and all loans, the following table represents management’s allocation of our allowance for loan losses to specific loan categories for the periods indicated.

ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent of

Loans in   each

Category to

Total Loans

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent of

Loans in each

Category to

Total   Loans

 

Residential real estate

 

 

134,275

 

 

 

27.6

%

 

 

56,291

 

 

 

21.2

%

Commercial real estate

 

 

165,053

 

 

 

33.9

%

 

 

99,153

 

 

 

37.3

%

Construction and land development

 

 

55,761

 

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

24,979

 

 

 

9.4

%

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

32,969

 

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

16,433

 

 

 

6.2

%

Commercial

 

 

79,607

 

 

 

16.3

%

 

 

55,818

 

 

 

21.0

%

Consumer

 

 

19,557

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

12,912

 

 

 

4.9

%

Total

 

 

487,222

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

265,586

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

Nonperforming Assets

The following table presents our nonperforming assets for the dates indicated.

NONPERFORMING ASSETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

3,086

 

 

$

605

 

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

237

 

 

 

424

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

 

3,323

 

 

 

1,029

 

Foreclosed assets

 

 

1,949

 

 

 

2,340

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

5,272

 

 

$

3,369

 

Allowance for loan losses to period end loans

 

 

0.80

%

 

 

1.42

%

Allowance for loan losses to period end nonperforming loans

 

 

115.17

%

 

 

367.15

%

Net charge-offs to average loans (annualized)

 

 

0.18

%

 

 

0.39

%

Nonperforming assets to period end loans and

   foreclosed property

 

 

1.10

%

 

 

1.26

%

Nonperforming loans to period end loans

 

 

0.69

%

 

 

0.39

%

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

 

0.73

%

 

 

0.75

%

Period end loans

 

 

479,271

 

 

 

265,137

 

Period end total assets

 

 

718,034

 

 

 

446,704

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

3,827

 

 

 

3,778

 

Average loans for the period

 

 

288,931

 

 

 

250,778

 

Net charge-offs for the period

 

 

507

 

 

 

980

 

Period end loans plus foreclosed property

 

 

481,220

 

 

 

267,477

 

 

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that the collection of interest is doubtful. In addition to consideration of these factors, loans that are past due 90 days or more are generally placed on nonaccrual status.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all accrued interest on the loan is reversed and deducted from earnings as a reduction of reported interest income. No additional interest is accrued on the loan balance until collection of both principal and interest becomes reasonably certain. Payments received while a loan is on nonaccrual status will generally be applied to the outstanding principal balance. When a problem loan is finally resolved, there may ultimately be an actual write-down or charge-off of the principal balance of the loan that would necessitate additional charges to the allowance for loan losses.

44


Total nonperforming assets increased $1.9 million to $5.2 million at December 31, 2015, from $3.4 million at December 31, 2014. Included in nonperforming assets at December 31, 2015 are nonaccrual loans acquired from Keystone totaling $171 thousand and other real estate and repossessed assets acquired from Keystone of $783 thousand. Excluding the acquired nonperforming assets, nonperforming assets increased $915 thousand. Improving as set quality has been and will continue to be a primary focus of management.

Deposits

Deposits, which include noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings, time, and other deposits, are the primary funding source for the Bank. We offer a variety of products designed to attract and retain customers, with primary focus on building and expanding client relationships. We continue to focus on establishing a comprehensive relationship with consumer and business borrowers, seeking deposits as well as lending relationships.

The following table details the composition of our deposit portfolio as of the dates indicated.

COMPOSITION OF DEPOSITS

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percent of

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

Total

 

Demand deposits, non-interest bearing

 

$

124,345

 

 

 

20.4

%

 

$

88,839

 

 

 

22.9

%

Demand deposits, interest bearing

 

 

174,827

 

 

 

28.6

%

 

 

118,643

 

 

 

30.6

%

Money market accounts

 

 

149,664

 

 

 

24.5

%

 

 

71,708

 

 

 

18.5

%

Savings deposits

 

 

19,524

 

 

 

3.2

%

 

 

9,494

 

 

 

2.4

%

Time certificates of $250,000 or more

 

 

30,929

 

 

 

5.1

%

 

 

17,169

 

 

 

4.4

%

Other time certificates

 

 

111,110

 

 

 

18.2

%

 

 

81,978

 

 

 

21.1

%

Totals

 

$

610,399

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

387,831

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

Total deposits were $610.4 million at December 31, 2015, an increase of $222.6 million, or 57.4%, from December 31, 2014. Excluding the deposits of Keystone that we assumed upon consummation of the Keystone merger, deposits increased $16.0 million, or 4.1% during 2015.

The following table details the maturities of our time deposits which consist entirely of certificates of deposit.

MATURITIES OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDs

 

 

CDs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$100,000

 

 

Less Than

 

 

 

All CDs

 

 

or more

 

 

$100,000

 

Three months or less

 

$

34,320

 

 

$

21,522

 

 

$

12,798

 

Greater than three months through six months

 

 

20,676

 

 

 

11,773

 

 

 

8,903

 

Greater than six months through one year

 

 

42,094

 

 

 

27,180

 

 

 

14,914

 

Greater than one year through three years

 

 

37,301

 

 

 

24,451

 

 

 

12,850

 

Greater than three years

 

 

7,648

 

 

 

4,680

 

 

 

2,968

 

Total

 

$

142,039

 

 

$

89,606

 

 

$

52,433

 

 

Deposit growth has benefited to a large extent from uncertainty in the financial markets, which has increased the liquidity of many banks as consumers and businesses look for safe places for liquidity, thereby increasing bank deposits.

Other Funding Sources

We supplement our deposit funding with wholesale funding when needed for balance sheet planning or when the terms are attractive and will not disrupt our offering rates in our markets. A source that we have used for wholesale funding is the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”). We had FHLB borrowings of $10.5 million at December 31, 2015 and $6.0 million at December 31, 2014.

45


Liquidity

Market and public confidence in our financial strength and financial institutions in general will largely determine our access to appropriate levels of liquidity. This confidence is significantly dependent on our ability to maintain sound asset quality and appropriate levels of capital reserves.

Liquidity is defined as the ability to meet anticipated customer demands for funds under credit commitments and deposit withdrawals at a reasonable cost and on a timely basis. We measure our liquidity position by giving consideration to both on- and off-balance sheet sources of and demands for funds on a daily, weekly, and monthly basis.

Liquidity risk involves the risk of being unable to fund assets with the appropriate duration and rate-based liabilities, as well as the risk of not being able to meet unexpected cash needs. Liquidity planning and management are necessary to ensure the ability to fund operations in a cost-effective manner and to meet current and future potential obligations such as loan commitments, lease obligations, and unexpected deposit outflows. In this process, we focus on both assets and liabilities and on the manner in which they combine to provide adequate liquidity to meet our needs.

Funds are available from a number of basic banking activity sources, including the core deposit base, the repayment and maturity of loans, and investment security cash flows. Other funding sources include federal funds purchased, brokered certificates of deposit, and borrowings from the FHLB.

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2015and 2014 were $31.0 million and $25.4 million, respectively. Based on the recorded cash and cash equivalents, our liquidity resources were sufficient at December 31, 2015 to fund loans and meet other cash needs as necessary.

Contractual Obligations

While our liquidity monitoring and management considers both present and future demands for and sources of liquidity, the following table of contractual commitments focuses only on future obligations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due after 1

 

 

Due after 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due in 1

 

 

through

 

 

through

 

 

Due after

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

year or less

 

 

3 years

 

 

5 years

 

 

5 years

 

 

Total

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

$

10,500

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,500

 

Certificates of deposit of less than $100

 

 

74,214

 

 

 

23,228

 

 

 

7,787

 

 

 

3,082

 

 

 

108,311

 

Certificates of deposit of $100 or more

 

 

22,875

 

 

 

3,965

 

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

675

 

 

 

29,838

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,166

 

Operating leases

 

 

517

 

 

 

958

 

 

 

940

 

 

 

1,517

 

 

 

3,932

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

118,272

 

 

$

28,151

 

 

$

11,050

 

 

$

5,274

 

 

$

162,747

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of amounts recorded on our balance sheet. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amounts of these commitments. We follow the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

Our off-balance sheet arrangements are summarized in the following table for the periods indicated.

CREDIT EXTENSION COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

101,238

 

 

$

63,219

 

Stand-by and performance letters of credit

 

 

2,935

 

 

 

2,482

 

Total

 

$

104,173

 

 

$

65,701

 

 

46


Interest Sensitivity and Market Risk

Interest Sensitivity

We monitor and manage the pricing and maturity of our assets and liabilities in order to diminish the potential adverse impact that changes in interest rates could have on net interest income. The principal monitoring technique we employ is simulation analysis and this technique is augmented by “gap” analysis.

In simulation analysis, we review each individual asset and liability category and their projected behavior in various different interest rate environments. These projected behaviors are based upon management’s past experiences and upon current competitive environments, including the various environments in the different markets in which we compete. Using this projected behavior and differing rate scenarios as inputs, the simulation analysis generates as output projections of net interest income. We also periodically verify the validity of this approach by comparing actual results with those that were projected in previous models.

Another technique used in interest rate management, but to a lesser degree than simulation analysis, is the measurement of the interest sensitivity “gap,” which is the positive or negative dollar difference between assets and liabilities that are subject to interest rate repricing within a given period of time. Interest rate sensitivity can be managed by repricing assets and liabilities, selling securities available for sale or trading securities, replacing an asset or liability at maturity, or by adjusting the interest rate during the life of an asset or liability.

We evaluate interest rate sensitivity risk and then formulate guidelines regarding asset generation and repricing and sources and prices of off-balance sheet commitments in order to decrease interest sensitivity risk. We use computer simulations to measure the net income effect of various interest rate scenarios. The modeling reflects interest rate changes and the related impact on net income over specified periods of time.

The following table illustrates our interest rate sensitivity at December 31, 2015, assuming that the relevant assets and liabilities are collected and paid, respectively, based upon historical experience rather than their stated maturities.

INTEREST SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

 

 

 

0-1 Mos

 

 

1-3 Mos

 

 

3-12 Mos

 

 

1-2 Yrs

 

 

2-3 Yrs

 

 

>3 Yrs

 

 

Total

 

Interest earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

126,588

 

 

$

16,263

 

 

$

65,107

 

 

$

80,849

 

 

$

65,305

 

 

$

125,159

 

 

$

479,271

 

Securities

 

 

1,145

 

 

 

5,132

 

 

 

18,486

 

 

 

23,027

 

 

 

23,002

 

 

 

73,929

 

 

 

144,721

 

Certificates of deposit in banks

 

 

569

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

1,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

2,094

 

 

 

6,070

 

Cash balances in banks

 

 

18,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,580

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Total interest earning assets

 

$

146,889

 

 

$

21,641

 

 

$

85,510

 

 

$

103,876

 

 

$

89,551

 

 

$

201,182

 

 

$

648,649

 

Interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing transaction accounts

 

$

60,326

 

 

$

3,950

 

 

$

17,772

 

 

$

23,694

 

 

$

23,694

 

 

$

45,391

 

 

$

174,827

 

Savings and money market accounts

 

 

81,665

 

 

 

3,686

 

 

 

16,581

 

 

 

22,105

 

 

 

22,105

 

 

 

23,046

 

 

 

169,188

 

Time deposits

 

 

12,055

 

 

 

21,633

 

 

 

62,552

 

 

 

27,183

 

 

 

10,109

 

 

 

8,507

 

 

 

142,039

 

Short term borrowings

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,166

 

Long term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

6,500

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,500

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

$

164,212

 

 

$

35,769

 

 

$

98,905

 

 

$

74,982

 

 

$

55,908

 

 

$

76,944

 

 

$

506,720

 

Interest sensitive gap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period gap

 

$

(17,323

)

 

$

(14,128

)

 

$

(13,395

)

 

$

28,894

 

 

$

33,643

 

 

$

124,238

 

 

$

141,929

 

Cumulative gap

 

$

(17,323

)

 

$

(31,451

)

 

$

(44,846

)

 

$

(15,952

)

 

$

17,691

 

 

$

141,929

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative gap - Rate Sensitive Assets/ Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sensitive Liabilities

 

 

(2.7

)%

 

 

(4.8

)%

 

 

(6.9

)%

 

 

(2.5

)%

 

 

2.7

%

 

 

21.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

We generally benefit from increasing market rates of interest when we have an asset-sensitive gap (a positive number) and generally benefit from decreasing market interest rates when we are liability-sensitive (a negative number). As shown in the table above, we are slightly liability-sensitive on a cumulative basis through two years. The interest sensitivity analysis presents only a static view of the timing and repricing opportunities, without taking into consideration that changes in interest rates do not affect all assets and liabilities equally. For example, rates paid on a substantial portion of core deposits may change contractually within a relatively short time frame, but those are viewed by management as significantly less interest-sensitive than market- based rates such as those paid on non-core deposits. For this and other reasons, management relies more upon the simulation analysis (as noted above) in managing interest rate risk. Net interest income may be impacted by other significant factors in a given interest rate environment, including changes in the volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

47


Market Risk

Our earnings are dependent, to a large degree, on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned on all earning assets, primarily loans and securities, and interest paid on all interest bearing-liabilities, primarily deposits. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. Our market risk arises primarily from inherent interest rate risk in our lending, investing, and deposit gathering activities. We seek to reduce our exposure to market risk through actively monitoring and managing interest rate risk. Management relies upon static “gap” analysis to determine the degree of mismatch in the maturity and repricing distribution of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which quantifies, to a large extent, the degree of market risk inherent in our balance sheet. Gap analysis is further augmented by simulation analysis to evaluate the impact of varying levels of prevailing interest rates and the sensitivity of specific earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities to changes in those prevailing rates. Simulation analysis consists of evaluating the impact on net interest income given changes from 400 basis points below the current prevailing rates to 400 basis points above the current prevailing rates. Management makes certain assumptions as to the effect that varying levels of interest rates have on certain earning assets and interest bearing-liabilities, which assumptions consider both historical experience and consensus estimates of outside sources.

The following table illustrates the results of our simulation analysis to determine the extent to which market risk would affect net interest margin for the next 12 months if prevailing interest rates increased or decreased by the specified amounts from current rates. As noted above, this model uses estimates and assumptions in asset and liability account rate reactions to changes in prevailing interest rates. However, to isolate the market risk inherent in the balance sheet, the model assumes that no growth in the balance sheet occurs during the projection period. This model also assumes an immediate and parallel shift in interest rates, which would result in no change in the shape or slope of the interest rate yield curve. Because of the inherent use of these estimates and assumptions in the simulation model to derive this market risk information, the actual results of the future impact of market risk on our net interest margin may (and most likely will) differ from that found in the table.

MARKET RISK

 

 

 

Impact on net interest income

 

 

 

As of

December 31,

2015

 

 

As of

December 31,

2014

 

Change in prevailing rates:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

+ 400 basis points

 

 

(0.87

)%

 

 

(2.12

)%

+ 300 basis points

 

 

(0.49

)%

 

 

(1.19

)%

+ 200 basis points

 

 

(0.81

)%

 

 

(1.58

)%

+ 100 basis points

 

 

(0.79

)%

 

 

(1.25

)%

+ 0 basis points

 

 

 

 

 

 

- 100 basis points

 

 

0.16

%

 

 

(2.39

)%

- 200 basis points

 

 

(3.10

)%

 

 

(7.65

)%

- 300 basis points

 

 

(4.56

)%

 

 

(10.05

)%

- 400 basis points

 

 

(5.50

)%

 

 

(10.43

)%

 

Capital Resources

Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015 was $74.9 million, or 10.4% of total assets. At December 31, 2014, total shareholders’ equity was $44.0 million, or 9.9% of total assets. The increase in shareholders’ equity for 2015 was attributable to the Keystone acquisition and net income. We issued 1,818,492 shares of common stock valued at approximately $29.1 million to former shareholders of Keystone at the time of the Keystone merger.

The bank regulatory agencies have established risk-based capital requirements for banks. These guidelines are intended to provide an additional measure of a bank’s capital adequacy by assigning weighted levels of risk to asset categories. Banks are also required to systematically maintain capital against “off-balance sheet” activities such as loans sold with recourse, loan commitments, guarantees, and standby letters of credit. These guidelines are intended to strengthen the quality of capital by increasing the emphasis on common equity and restricting the amount of loan loss reserves and other forms of equity, such as preferred stock, that may be included in capital. Certain items, such as goodwill and other intangible assets, are deducted from total capital in arriving at the various regulatory capital measures such as Tier 1 capital and total risk based capital. Our objective is to maintain the Bank’s current status as a “well-capitalized institution,” as that term is defined by the Bank’s regulators. As of December 31, 2015, RB&T was “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

Changes to the regulatory guidelines for bank capital levels that became effective January 1, 2015, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet activities such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. The required ratio

48


of “Tier 1 Capital” (consisting generally of shareholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less certain goodwill items and other intangible assets) to risk-weighted assets is 6%. While there was previously no required rati on of “Common Equity Tier 1 Capital” (which generally consists of common stock, retained earnings, certain qualifying capital instruments issued by consolidated subsidiaries, and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, subject to adjustments) to total risk -weighted assets, a required minimum ratio of 4.5% became effective on January 1, 2015, as well. The remainder of total capital, or “Tier 2 Capital,” may consist of (a) the allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, (b) preferred sto ck not qualifying as Tier 1 Capital, (c) hybrid capital instruments, (d) perpetual debt, (e) mandatory convertible securities, and (f) certain subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock up to 50% of Tier 1 Capital. Total Capital is the sum of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital (which is included only to the extent of Tier 1 Capital), less reciprocal holdings of other banking organizations’ capital instruments, investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, and any other deductions as determined by the appropriate regulator.

In addition, the federal banking regulators have established minimum leverage ratio requirements for banking organizations they supervise, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average consolidated assets. Prior to January 1, 2015, banks meeting certain specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating and not experiencing significant growth or expansion, were permitted to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to adjusted average quarterly assets equal to 3%. Other banks were generally required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio between 4% and 5%. Effective January 1, 2015, the required minimum leverage ratio for all banks is 4%.

The following table contains selected consolidated capital ratios at December 31, 2015 and 2014 for the Bank.

CAPITAL ADEQUACY ANALYSIS

 

As of December 31, 2015:

 

Actual

 

 

Required For Capital

Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well Capitalized

Under Prompt Corrective

Action Regulations

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

Total Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

75,020

 

 

 

13.89

%

 

$

43,208

 

 

>= 8.00%

 

$

54,010

 

 

>= 10.00%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital

   (To Risk-  weighted Assets)

 

 

71,193

 

 

 

13.18

%

 

 

24,307

 

 

>= 4.50%

 

 

35,110

 

 

>= 6.50%

Tier 1 Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

71,193

 

 

 

13.18

%

 

 

32,410

 

 

>= 6.00%

 

 

43,213

 

 

>= 8.00%

Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)

 

 

71,193

 

 

 

15.76

%

 

 

18,069

 

 

>= 4.00%

 

 

22,587

 

 

>= 5.00%

 

As of December 31, 2014:

 

Actual

 

 

Required For Capital

Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well Capitalized

Under Prompt Corrective

Action Regulations

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

Total Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

45,913

 

 

 

15.65

%

 

$

23,470

 

 

>= 8.00%

 

$

29,337

 

 

>= 10.00%

Tier 1 Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

42,232

 

 

 

14.40

%

 

 

11,731

 

 

>= 4.00%

 

 

17,597

 

 

>= 6.00%

Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)

 

 

42,232

 

 

 

9.68

%

 

 

17,451

 

 

>= 4.00%

 

 

21,814

 

 

>= 5.00%

 

The Bank’s Total Capital ratio and Tier 1 Capital (To Risk-weighted Assets) ratio declined from year-end 2014 to year-end 2015 because of growth in loans and assets and to the $7.3 million in cash consideration paid in the Keystone acquisition. Despite the reduction, the ratios remain above the levels for the Bank to be deemed well-capitalized.

The Bank’s Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets) ratio, or leverage ratio, for December 31, 2015 of 15.76% was substantially higher than at December 31, 2014. The ratio was impacted by the utilization of adjusted average assets for the quarter ended that date that included the average adjusted assets of RB&T for the entire quarter ended December 31, 2015 and the adjusted average Keystone assets only for one day because the merger took place on the last day of the quarter. This calculation was done in compliance with the regulatory guidelines. For comparative purposes, if the adjusted assets of Keystone were included for the entire quarter ended December 31, 2015, the ratio would have been 10.08%.

Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that a bank may pay without approval of the regulatory authorities. These restrictions are based on the bank’s level of regulatory classified assets, prior years’ net earnings and ratio of equity capital to assets. As of December 31, 2015, the maximum amount of dividend the Bank could declare payable to the Company was approximately $9.4 million.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

 

 

49


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

River Financial Corporation and subsidiary

Prattville, Alabama

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of River Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of River Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Atlanta, Georgia

March 28, 2016

 

 

 

 

235 Peachtree Street, NE

Suite 1800

Atlanta, GA 30303

Phone 404.588.4200

404.588.4222

A member of Allinial Global

50


RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(in thousands except share data)

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

12,415

 

 

$

16,171

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

18,580

 

 

 

6,018

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

7

 

 

 

3,180

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

31,002

 

 

 

25,369

 

Certificates of deposit in banks

 

 

6,070

 

 

 

1,992

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

 

144,721

 

 

 

130,285

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

2,771

 

 

 

164

 

Loans, net of unearned income

 

 

479,271

 

 

 

265,137

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

 

(3,827

)

 

 

(3,778

)

Net loans

 

 

475,444

 

 

 

261,359

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

20,553

 

 

 

12,699

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

2,234

 

 

 

1,597

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

14,731

 

 

 

9,666

 

Foreclosed assets

 

 

1,949

 

 

 

2,340

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

2,445

 

 

 

120

 

Core deposit intangible

 

 

2,763

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

9,410

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

3,941

 

 

 

1,113

 

Total assets

 

$

718,034

 

 

$

446,704

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

124,345

 

 

$

88,839

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

486,054

 

 

 

298,992

 

Total deposits

 

 

610,399

 

 

 

387,831

 

Short-term debt

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

8,043

 

Long-term debt

 

 

10,500

 

 

 

6,000

 

Payable to Keystone shareholders

 

 

7,274

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

4,771

 

 

 

799

 

Total liabilities

 

 

643,110

 

 

 

402,673

 

Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock ($1 par value; 10,000,000 and 5,000,000 shares authorized; 4,876,104

   and 3,057,612 shares issued; 4,809,594 and 2,998,837 shares outstanding,

   respectively)

 

 

4,876

 

 

 

3,058

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

62,493

 

 

 

35,175

 

Retained earnings

 

 

7,941

 

 

 

5,991

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

571

 

 

 

606

 

Treasury stock at cost (66,510 and 58,775 shares, respectively)

 

 

(957

)

 

 

(799

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

74,924

 

 

 

44,031

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

718,034

 

 

$

446,704

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

51


RIVER FINANCIA L CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands except per share data)

 

 

 

For the Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

14,028

 

 

$

12,629

 

Taxable securities

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

2,134

 

Nontaxable securities

 

 

726

 

 

 

677

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

Other interest income

 

 

20

 

 

 

24

 

Total interest income

 

 

16,336

 

 

 

15,474

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

1,161

 

 

 

1,244

 

Short term borrowings

 

 

18

 

 

 

17

 

Long term borrowings

 

 

42

 

 

 

13

 

Total interest expense

 

 

1,221

 

 

 

1,274

 

Net interest income

 

 

15,115

 

 

 

14,200

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

556

 

 

 

1,057

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

14,559

 

 

 

13,143

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges and fees

 

 

1,893

 

 

 

1,796

 

Investment brokerage revenue

 

 

199

 

 

 

 

Mortgage operations

 

 

205

 

 

 

174

 

Bank owned life insurance income

 

 

307

 

 

 

176

 

Net gain on sale of investment securities

 

 

24

 

 

 

20

 

Other noninterest income

 

 

269

 

 

 

301

 

Total noninterest income

 

 

2,897

 

 

 

2,467

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

6,284

 

 

 

5,631

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

941

 

 

 

829

 

Equipment rentals, depreciation, and maintenance

 

 

474

 

 

 

470

 

Telephone and communications

 

 

131

 

 

 

105

 

Advertising and business development

 

 

459

 

 

 

431

 

Data processing

 

 

2,395

 

 

 

1,030

 

Foreclosed assets, net

 

 

167

 

 

 

81

 

Federal deposit insurance and other regulatory assessments

 

 

319

 

 

 

301

 

Legal and other professional services

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

255

 

Other operating expense

 

 

1,629

 

 

 

1,474

 

Total noninterest expense

 

 

13,821

 

 

 

10,607

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

3,635

 

 

 

5,003

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

1,523

 

Net income

 

$

2,369

 

 

$

3,480

 

Basic net earnings per common share

 

$

0.79

 

 

$

1.16

 

Diluted net earnings per common share

 

$

0.76

 

 

$

1.13

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

52


RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(in thousands)

 

 

 

For the Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

2,369

 

 

$

3,480

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized (losses) gains

 

 

(65

)

 

 

4,012

 

Reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in net income

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(20

)

Income tax effect

 

 

(54

)

 

 

1,557

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(35

)

 

 

2,435

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

2,334

 

 

$

5,915

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

53


RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 

 

 

Common

Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid In

Capital

 

 

Retained

Earnings

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Treasury

Stock

 

 

Total

Stockholders'

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

3,049

 

 

$

35,046

 

 

$

2,807

 

 

$

(1,829

)

 

$

(818

)

 

$

38,255

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,480

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,480

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,435

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

9

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

135

 

Purchase of treasury shares (11,218 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(157

)

 

 

(157

)

Sale of treasury shares (10,489 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

152

 

Dividends declared ($0.10 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(296

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(296

)

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

3,058

 

 

 

35,175

 

 

 

5,991

 

 

 

606

 

 

 

(799

)

 

 

44,031

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,369

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35

)

Shares exchanged with Keystone shareholders

 

 

1,818

 

 

 

27,278

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,096

 

Exercise of stock options (4,500 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

51

 

Purchase of treasury shares (23,344 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(369

)

 

 

(369

)

Sale of treasury shares (11,109 shares)

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

178

 

Dividends declared ($0.14 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(419

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(419

)

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

4,876

 

 

$

62,493

 

 

$

7,941

 

 

$

571

 

 

$

(957

)

 

$

74,924

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

54


RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

 

For the Twelve Months

Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Cash Flows From (Used For) Operating Activities (net of effect of business combination):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

2,369

 

 

$

3,480

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

556

 

 

 

1,057

 

Provision for losses on foreclosed assets

 

 

175

 

 

 

60

 

Amortization of securities available-for-sale

 

 

1,348

 

 

 

1,434

 

Accretion of securities available-for-sale

 

 

(4

)

 

 

(3

)

Realized net gain on securities available-for-sale

 

 

(24

)

 

 

(20

)

Amortization of deferred loan fees

 

 

(240

)

 

 

(193

)

Stock compensation expense

 

 

22

 

 

 

27

 

Bank owned life insurance income

 

 

(307

)

 

 

(176

)

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

 

 

524

 

 

 

514

 

Loss (gain) on sale of foreclosed assets

 

 

(58

)

 

 

10

 

Deferred income tax (benefit)

 

 

(669

)

 

 

(94

)

(Increase) decrease in operating assets and (Decrease) increase in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held-for-sale

 

 

163

 

 

 

(163

)

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

58

 

 

 

(44

)

Other assets

 

 

(83

)

 

 

22

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

1,593

 

 

 

149

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

5,423

 

 

 

6,060

 

Cash Flows From (Used For) Investing Activities (net of effect of business combination):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity of certificate of deposit

 

 

1,992

 

 

 

249

 

Activity in securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

19,160

 

 

 

20,840

 

Maturities, payments, calls

 

 

19,510

 

 

 

29,434

 

Purchases

 

 

(20,175

)

 

 

(23,520

)

Loan principal originations, net

 

 

(45,457

)

 

 

(30,675

)

Net cash received in acquisition

 

 

10,534

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets

 

 

1,258

 

 

 

280

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(2,067

)

 

 

(687

)

(Purchase) sale of restricted equity securities, net

 

 

11

 

 

 

(163

)

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

 

 

 

 

(4,000

)

Net cash used for investing activities

 

 

(15,234

)

 

 

(8,242

)

Cash Flows From (Used For) Financing Activities (net of effect of business combination):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

 

 

15,880

 

 

 

(7,486

)

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

 

2,123

 

 

 

(1,218

)

Repayment of long term debt

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of long term debt

 

 

 

 

 

6,000

 

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

 

 

51

 

 

 

135

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

(369

)

 

 

(157

)

Sale of treasury stock

 

 

178

 

 

 

152

 

Cash dividends

 

 

(419

)

 

 

(296

)

Net cash from (used for) financing activities

 

 

15,444

 

 

 

(2,870

)

Net Change In Cash And Cash Equivalents

 

 

5,633

 

 

 

(5,052

)

Cash and Cash Equivalents At Beginning Of Period

 

 

25,369

 

 

 

30,421

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents At End Of Period

 

$

31,002

 

 

$

25,369

 

Supplemental Disclosures Of Cash Flows Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Payments For:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid to depositors

 

$

1,080

 

 

$

1,250

 

Interest paid on borrowings

 

$

56

 

 

$

30

 

Income taxes

 

$

1,827

 

 

$

1,597

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired in merger

 

$

251,794

 

 

$

 

Liabilities assumed in merger

 

$

215,424

 

 

$

 

Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets

 

$

201

 

 

$

2,262

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

55


RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of River Financial Corporation (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned banking subsidiary, River Bank and Trust (“RB&T”, the “Bank”). The Bank provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services in Alabama, including metropolitan Montgomery, Lee County and Etowah County in Alabama. RB&T is primarily regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Alabama Banking Department. The Bank undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Company is regulated by the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) and is also subject to periodic examinations.

The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the method of applying these principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices within the banking industry. In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, and valuation allowances associated with the realization of deferred tax assets, which are based on future taxable income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents include amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta (“FRB”), Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), correspondent banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day periods. The Company is required to maintain average reserve balances with the FRB or in cash. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company’s reserve requirements were approximately $3.6 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

Investment Securities

The Company classifies its securities in one of three categories: trading, available-for-sale, or held-to-maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Held-to-maturity securities are those securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All securities not included in trading or held-to- maturity are classified as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, all securities are classified as available-for-sale.

Available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value. Held-to-maturity securities are recorded at cost, adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, on securities available-for-sale are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Transfers of securities between categories are recorded at fair value at the date of transfer.

Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis. A decline in the market value of any investment below cost that is deemed other- than-temporary is charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established. The decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related securities as adjustments to the yield. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Other Investments

Other investments include FRB stock, FHLB stock and other investments that do not have a readily determinable market value. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.

56


Nonrefundable loan fees and costs incurred for loans are generally deferred and recognized in income over the life of the loans.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price, or at the fair value of the collateral of the loan if the loan is collateral dependent. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is charged to interest income on loans. Generally, payments on nonaccrual loans are applied to principal. When a borrower has demonstrated the capacity to service the debt for a reasonable period of time, management may elect to resume the accrual of interest on the loan.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collectibility of the principal is unlikely. The allowance represents an amount which, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.

Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans. These evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay, overall portfolio quality, and review of specific problem loans.

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on judgments that are different than those of management.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, i.e. put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale

Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated market value. Gains and losses on loans held-for-sale are included in the determination of income for the period in which the sales occur. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the cost of loans held-for-sale approximates the market value.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major additions and improvements are charged to the property accounts while replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets are expensed currently. When property is retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is recognized. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives. The useful estimated useful life for buildings is generally 40 years. The estimated useful life for furniture and equipment is generally 3-25 years.

Other Real Estate and Repossessed Assets

Other real estate represents properties acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure and is initially recorded at fair value less estimated disposal costs. Costs of improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding other real estate and valuation adjustments are expensed. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in valuation allowance are included in net expenses from other real estate.

57


Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations . The Company recognizes the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and immediately expenses transaction costs. There is no separate recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on the acquirer’s balance sheet as credit-related factors are incorporated directly into the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. If the amount of consideration exceeds the fair value of assets purchased less the fair value of liabilities assumed, goodwill is recorded. Alternatively, if the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid, a gain (“bargain purchase gain”) is recorded. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Results of operations of the acquired business are included in the statement of income from the effective date of the acquisition. Additional information regarding acquisitions is provided in Note 2.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets purchased in business combinations. Goodwill is required to be tested annually for impairment or whenever events occur that may indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount is not probable. In the event of impairment, the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value is charged to earnings. The Company performs its annual test for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year.

Intangible assets consist of core deposit premiums acquired in connection with business combinations and are based on the established value of acquired customer deposits. The core deposit premium is initially recognized based on a valuation performed as of the consummation date and is amortized over an estimated useful life of three to ten years. Amortization periods are reviewed annually in connection with the annual impairment testing of goodwill.

Purchased Loans

Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on their purchase date. When the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments, the difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable difference. The Company must estimate expected cash flows at each reporting date. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior provisions and adjustment to accretable discount if no prior provisions have been made. This increase in accretable discount will have a positive impact on interest income. In addition, purchased loans without evidence of credit deterioration are also handled under this method.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities results in deferred tax assets, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

The Company currently evaluates income tax positions judged to be uncertain. A loss contingency reserve is accrued if it is probable that the tax position will be challenged, it is probable that the future resolution of the challenge will confirm that a loss has been incurred, and the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans using a fair value-based method of accounting, whereby compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the vesting period.

58


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of net unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale.

Net Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the effect of the issuance of potential common shares that are dilutive and by the sum of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Anti-dilutive potential common shares are excluded from the diluted earnings per share computation. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no antidilutive potential common shares.

The reconciliation of the components of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

2,369

 

 

$

3,480

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

2,995,523

 

 

 

2,992,315

 

Dilutive effect of stock options

 

 

58,982

 

 

 

43,739

 

Dilutive effect of stock warrants

 

 

50,625

 

 

 

41,961

 

Diluted common shares

 

 

3,105,130

 

 

 

3,078,015

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

0.79

 

 

$

1.16

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

0.76

 

 

$

1.13

 

 

Reclassifications

Certain 2014 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the presentation used in 2015. These reclassifications had no material effect on the operations, financial condition or cash flows of the Company.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period. The amendments clarify the proper method of accounting for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period. This ASU requires that a performance target that affects vesting, and that could be achieved after the requisite service period, be treated as a performance condition. The performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant-date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized in the period in which it becomes probable that the performance target will be achieved and should represent the compensation cost attributable to the period(s) for which the requisite service has already been rendered. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Earlier adoption is permitted. The Company has not awarded any share-based payments with a performance target that could be achieved after the requisite service period, and, therefore, the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The amendments modify the evaluation that reporting organizations must perform to determine whether certain legal entities should be consolidated as variable interest entities (“VIEs”). Specifically, the amendments: (1) modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities; (2) eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; (3) affect the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships; and (4) provide a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. ASU 2015-02 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU 2015-02 to determine the potential impact that the new standard will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements but does not anticipate that it will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-15 , Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements: Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to Staff Announcement at June 18, 2015 EITF Meeting, to

59


clarify the SEC staff’s position on presenting and measuring debt issuance costs incurred in connection with line-of-credit arrangements. The SEC staff has announced that it would not object to an entity deferring and presenting debt issuance costs as an asset and subsequently a mortizing the deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. ASU 2015-15 is effective upon issuance for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on the Company’s consolid ated financial statements.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . The amendments in ASU 2015-16 require that an acquirer recognize adjustments to estimated amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The amendments require that the acquirer record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the estimated amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The amendments also require an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the estimated amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date, with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of this amendment to determine the potential impact that the new standard will have on the Company's consolidated financial statements as it relates to future business combinations.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-1, Financial Instruments Overall (Topic 825): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . The amendments in ASU 2016-1: (a) require equity investments (except for those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (b) simplify the impairment assessment of equity securities without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment; (c) eliminate the requirement for public business entities to disclose the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet; (d) require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; (e) require an entity to present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments; (f) require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial assets on the balance sheet or the notes to the financial statements; and (g) clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will evaluate the provisions of this ASU to determine the potential impact that the new standard will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this update supersedes the requirements in ASC Topic 840, Leases . The update will require business entities to recognize lease assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and to disclose key information about leasing arrangements. A lessee would recognize a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the leased asset for the lease term. For public companies, this update will be effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and is to be applied on a modified retrospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. Adoption of this guidance is expected to increase the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

 

 

(2) Business Combination

On December 31, 2015, the Company completed its merger with Keystone Bancshares, Inc. (“Keystone”), a bank holding company headquartered in Auburn, Alabama. At that time, Keystone’s wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Keystone Bank (“KSB”) was merged with and into RB&T. KSB had a total of three banking locations located in Auburn, Opelika, and Gadsden, Alabama. Upon consummation of the acquisition, Keystone was merged with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving entity in the merger. Keystone’s common shareholders received one (1) share of the Company’s common stock and $4.00 in cash in exchange for each share of Keystone’s common stock. The Company paid cash totaling $7.3 million and issued 1,818,492 shares of the Company’s common stock. The aggregate estimated value of the consideration given was approximately $36.5 million. The Company recorded $9.4 of goodwill, which is nondeductible for tax purposes, as this acquisition was a nontaxable transaction. Merger expenses of approximately $673,000 were charged directly to other noninterest expenses.

The acquisition of Keystone was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations . Assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Determining the fair value of assets and liabilities is a complicated process involving significant judgment regarding methods

60


and assumptions used to calculate estimated fair values. Fair values are preliminary and are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information regarding the closing date fair values becomes avail able.

The following table presents the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Keystone as of December 31, 2015, at their initial fair value estimates (amounts in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

As Recorded

By Keystone

 

 

Fair Value

Adjustments

 

 

 

As Recorded

By   the   Company

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

10,534

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

10,534

 

Bank owned certificates of deposit

 

 

6,135

 

 

 

(66

)

(a)

 

 

6,069

 

Investment securities

 

 

33,986

 

 

 

355

 

(b)

 

 

34,341

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

2,813

 

 

 

(42

)

(c)

 

 

2,771

 

Loans

 

 

176,329

 

 

 

(7,141

)

(d)

 

 

169,188

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

(2,371

)

(e)

 

 

 

Net loans

 

 

173,958

 

 

 

(4,770

)

 

 

 

169,188

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

6,311

 

 

 

(1

)

(f)

 

 

6,310

 

Bank owned life insurance and annuity

 

 

6,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,492

 

Other real estate and repossessions

 

 

865

 

 

 

(127

)

(g)

 

 

738

 

Core deposit intangible

 

 

 

 

 

2,763

 

(h)

 

 

2,763

 

Other assets

 

 

2,614

 

 

 

564

 

(i)

 

 

3,178

 

Total Assets

 

$

243,708

 

 

$

(1,324

)

 

 

$

242,384

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

$

27,371

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

27,371

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

178,838

 

 

 

336

 

(j)

 

 

179,174

 

Total deposits

 

 

206,209

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

206,545

 

FHLB advances

 

 

6,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,500

 

Other liabilities

 

 

2,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,379

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

215,088

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

215,424

 

Net identifiable assets acquired over liabilities

   assumed

 

 

28,620

 

 

 

(1,660

)

 

 

 

26,960

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

9,410

 

 

 

 

9,410

 

Net assets acquired over liabilities assumed

 

$

28,620

 

 

$

7,750

 

 

 

$

36,370

 

Consideration:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares of common stock issued

 

 

1,818,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated value per share of the Company's

   common stock

 

$

16.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of Company common stock issued

 

$

29,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares exchanged

 

 

1,818,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash consideration paid per share

 

$

4.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash consideration paid

 

$

7,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of Company common stock issued

 

$

29,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash consideration paid

 

 

7,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration transferred

 

$

36,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Explanation of fair value adjustments:

(a)

Adjustment reflects fair value adjustment of the certificates of deposit portfolio at acquisition date.

(b)

Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustment of the available-for-sale portfolio at acquisition date.

(c)

Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustment of the acquired loans held for sale at the acquisition date.

(d)

Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustment of the acquired loan portfolio at the acquisition date.

(e)

Adjustment reflects the elimination of Keystone's allowance for loan losses.

(f)

Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustment on Keystone's offices.

(g)

Adjustment reflects the fair value adjustment based on evaluation of the acquired other real estate and repossessed assets.

(h)

Adjustment reflects the recording of core deposit intangible asset.

(i)

Adjustment to record the net deferred tax asset created by purchase adjustments.

(j)

Adjustment to record the fair value adjustment to Keystone's certificates of deposit.

 

The discounts on loans will be accreted to interest income over the life of the loans using the level yield method. The core deposit intangible asset will be amortized over an eight-year life on an accelerated basis.

61


The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information is presented to show estimated results assuming Keystone was acquired as of the beginning of each period presented. These unaudited pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results the Company would have achieved had it completed the acquisition as of January 1, 2014 or 2015 and should not be considered as representative of future operating results.

 

 

 

For The Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net interest income - pro forma (unaudited)

 

$

25,180

 

 

$

23,860

 

Net earnings - pro forma (unaudited)

 

$

6,194

 

 

$

6,360

 

Diluted earnings per common share - pro forma (unaudited)

 

$

1.26

 

 

$

1.30

 

In many cases, determining the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities requires the Company to estimate cash flows expected to result from those assets and liabilities and to discount those cash flows at appropriate rates of interest. The most significant of those determinations is related to the fair valuation of acquired loans. Acquired loans are initially recorded at their acquisition date fair values. The carryover of the allowance for loan losses is prohibited, as any credit losses in the loans are included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Fair values for acquired loans are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions including the remaining life of the acquired loans, estimated prepayments, estimated value of the underlying collateral and net present value of cash flows expected to be collected. Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that the acquirer will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are specifically identified and analyzed. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non- accretable discount. The non-accretable discount represents estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan.

Loans at the acquisition date are presented in the following table (amounts in thousands).

 

 

 

Acquired

Impaired

Loans

 

 

Acquired

Performing

Loans

 

 

Total

Acquired

Loans

 

Residential real estate

 

$

105

 

 

$

81,215

 

 

$

81,320

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

530

 

 

 

52,220

 

 

 

52,750

 

Construction and land development

 

 

27

 

 

 

23,290

 

 

 

23,317

 

Commercial

 

 

144

 

 

 

12,667

 

 

 

12,811

 

Consumer

 

 

18

 

 

 

9,104

 

 

 

9,122

 

Unearned fees and discounts

 

 

 

 

 

(7,361

)

 

 

(7,361

)

Total loans

 

$

824

 

 

$

171,135

 

 

$

171,959

 

 

Because the loans acquired in the Keystone merger were acquired as of the close of business on December 31, 2015, none of the accretable yield on the acquired loans was accreted in the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

(3) Investment Securities

Investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed

 

$

60,756

 

 

$

224

 

 

$

(295

)

 

$

60,685

 

U.S. govt. sponsored enterprises

 

 

22,985

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

(146

)

 

 

22,953

 

State, county, and municipal

 

 

58,018

 

 

 

1,011

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

59,023

 

Corporate debt obligations

 

 

2,057

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,060

 

 

 

$

143,816

 

 

$

1,352

 

 

$

(447

)

 

$

144,721

 

62


 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed

 

$

72,578

 

 

$

478

 

 

$

(247

)

 

$

72,809

 

U.S. govt. sponsored enterprises

 

 

31,467

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

(314

)

 

 

31,281

 

State, county, and municipal

 

 

24,246

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

25,193

 

Corporate debt obligations

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,002

 

Totals

 

$

129,291

 

 

$

1,612

 

 

$

(618

)

 

$

130,285

 

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Details concerning investment securities with unrealized losses as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

 

More Than 12 Months

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Unrealized

Losses

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed

 

$

20,841

 

 

$

110

 

 

$

10,937

 

 

$

185

 

 

$

31,778

 

 

$

295

 

U.S. govt. sponsored enterprises

 

 

9,489

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

4,820

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

14,309

 

 

 

146

 

State, county & municipal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

557

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

557

 

 

 

6

 

Totals

 

$

30,330

 

 

$

123

 

 

$

16,314

 

 

$

324

 

 

$

46,644

 

 

$

447

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed

 

$

3,407

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

22,415

 

 

$

233

 

 

$

25,822

 

 

$

247

 

U.S. govt. sponsored enterprises

 

 

6,053

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

13,231

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

19,284

 

 

 

314

 

State, county & municipal

 

 

1,616

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

1,724

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

3,340

 

 

 

57

 

Totals

 

$

11,076

 

 

$

53

 

 

$

37,370

 

 

$

565

 

 

$

48,446

 

 

$

618

 

 

At December 31, 2015, twenty-seven out of one hundred nine securities were in a loss position. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and industry analysts’ reports. As management had the ability and intent to hold debt securities until maturity, no declines were deemed to be other than temporary as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

The proceeds and gross gains and gross losses from sales of securities available-for-sale for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2104 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Realized Gains (Losses)-Securities Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross gains

 

$

88

 

 

$

148

 

Gross losses

 

 

(64

)

 

 

(128

)

Investment securities gains, net

 

$

24

 

 

$

20

 

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

 

$

19,160

 

 

$

20,840

 

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, securities with a carrying value of approximately $22,230,000 and $21,942,000, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits as required by law. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the carrying value of securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements was approximately $13,333,000 and $16,110,000, respectively.

63


The amortized cos t and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown below (in thousands). Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obliga tions with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Fair Value

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

$

5,655

 

 

$

5,651

 

1 to 5 years

 

 

25,577

 

 

 

25,609

 

5 to 10 years

 

 

17,645

 

 

 

17,743

 

After 10 years

 

 

34,183

 

 

 

35,033

 

 

 

 

83,060

 

 

 

84,036

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

60,756

 

 

 

60,685

 

Totals

 

$

143,816

 

 

$

144,721

 

 

 

(4) Loans

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of Total

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Closed-end 1-4 family - first lien

 

$

111,476

 

 

 

23.4

%

 

$

49,198

 

 

 

18.8

%

Closed-end 1-4 family - junior lien

 

 

5,246

 

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

1,638

 

 

 

0.6

%

Multi-family

 

 

17,553

 

 

 

3.7

%

 

 

5,455

 

 

 

2.1

%

Equity lines of credit

 

 

32,969

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

16,433

 

 

 

6.3

%

Total residential real estate

 

 

167,244

 

 

 

35.1

%

 

 

72,724

 

 

 

27.8

%

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonfarm nonresidential

 

 

149,597

 

 

 

31.5

%

 

 

90,657

 

 

 

34.7

%

Farmland

 

 

15,456

 

 

 

3.3

%

 

 

8,496

 

 

 

3.3

%

Total commercial real estate

 

 

165,053

 

 

 

34.8

%

 

 

99,153

 

 

 

37.9

%

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

 

21,302

 

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

6,792

 

 

 

2.6

%

Other

 

 

34,459

 

 

 

7.2

%

 

 

18,187

 

 

 

7.0

%

Total construction and land development

 

 

55,761

 

 

 

11.7

%

 

 

24,979

 

 

 

9.6

%

Commercial loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other commercial loans

 

 

71,247

 

 

 

15.0

%

 

 

49,156

 

 

 

18.8

%

Agricultural

 

 

946

 

 

 

0.2

%

 

 

676

 

 

 

0.3

%

State, county, and municipal loans

 

 

7,414

 

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

5,986

 

 

 

2.3

%

Total commercial loans

 

 

79,607

 

 

 

16.8

%

 

 

55,818

 

 

 

21.4

%

Consumer loans

 

 

19,557

 

 

 

4.1

%

 

 

12,912

 

 

 

4.9

%

Total gross loans

 

 

487,222

 

 

 

102.5

%

 

 

265,586

 

 

 

101.6

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(3,827

)

 

 

-0.8

%

 

 

(3,778

)

 

 

-1.4

%

Net deferred loan fees and discounts

 

 

(7,951

)

 

 

-1.7

%

 

 

(449

)

 

 

-0.2

%

Net loans

 

$

475,444

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

261,359

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

64


The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (amounts in thousands) . The acquired loans are not included in the allowance for loan losses calculation, as these loans are recorded at fair value and there has been no further indication of credit deterioration that would require an additional provision.

 

 

 

Real Estate Mortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Residential

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Construction

and Land

Development

 

 

Home Equity

Lines

Of Credit

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Total

 

Balance - December 31, 2014

 

$

304

 

 

$

1,267

 

 

$

627

 

 

$

437

 

 

$

652

 

 

$

491

 

 

$

3,778

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

63

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

(250

)

 

 

30

 

 

 

631

 

 

 

(220

)

 

 

556

 

Loan charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

(267

)

 

 

 

 

 

(333

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(126

)

 

 

(816

)

Loan recoveries

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

309

 

Balance - December 31, 2015

 

$

368

 

 

$

1,302

 

 

$

569

 

 

$

150

 

 

$

1,250

 

 

$

188

 

 

$

3,827

 

Ending balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

 

$

493

 

 

$

45

 

 

$

 

 

$

776

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,314

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

368

 

 

$

809

 

 

$

524

 

 

$

150

 

 

$

474

 

 

$

188

 

 

$

2,513

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

1,444

 

 

$

2,242

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

1,443

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,329

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

132,726

 

 

$

162,281

 

 

$

55,634

 

 

$

32,869

 

 

$

78,020

 

 

$

19,540

 

 

$

481,070

 

Acquired loans with deteriorated

   credit quality

 

$

105

 

 

$

530

 

 

$

27

 

 

$

 

 

$

144

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

823

 

Percent of loans in each category to total loans

 

 

27.6

%

 

 

33.9

%

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

16.3

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

Real Estate Mortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Residential

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Construction

and Land

Development

 

 

Home Equity

Lines

Of Credit

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Consumer

 

 

Total

 

Balance - December 31, 2013

 

$

181

 

 

$

1,674

 

 

$

663

 

 

$

435

 

 

$

535

 

 

$

213

 

 

$

3,701

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

157

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

1,057

 

Loan charge-offs

 

 

(34

)

 

 

(690

)

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(126

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(1,231

)

Loan recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

251

 

Balance - December 31, 2014

 

$

304

 

 

$

1,267

 

 

$

627

 

 

$

437

 

 

$

652

 

 

$

491

 

 

$

3,778

 

Ending balance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

 

$

623

 

 

$

45

 

 

$

336

 

 

$

181

 

 

$

300

 

 

$

1,485

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

304

 

 

$

644

 

 

$

582

 

 

$

101

 

 

$

471

 

 

$

191

 

 

$

2,293

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

1,036

 

 

$

2,173

 

 

$

100

 

 

$

336

 

 

$

179

 

 

$

1,054

 

 

$

4,878

 

Collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

55,255

 

 

$

96,980

 

 

$

24,879

 

 

$

16,097

 

 

$

55,639

 

 

$

11,858

 

 

$

260,708

 

Percent of loans in each category to total loans

 

 

21.2

%

 

 

37.3

%

 

 

9.4

%

 

 

6.2

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

4.9

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

65


The Bank individually evaluates for impairment all loans that are on nonaccrual status. Additionally, all troubled debt restructurings are individually evaluated for impairment. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current events and circumstances, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-d ependent. Management may also elect to apply an additional collective reserve to groups of impaired loans based on current economic or market factors. Interest payments received on impaired loans are generally applied as a reduction of the outstanding prin cipal balance.

The following tables present impaired loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (amounts in thousands). The purchased credit-impaired loans are not included in these tables because they are carried at fair value and accordingly have no related associated allowance.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Impaired

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Allowance for

 

Nonaccruing Impaired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Loan Losses

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

375

 

 

$

375

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

188

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

1,790

 

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

188

 

Commercial loans

 

 

1,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,021

 

 

 

491

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

 

$

2,811

 

 

$

1,425

 

 

$

1,386

 

 

$

679

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Allowance for

 

Accruing Impaired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Loan Losses

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

1,069

 

 

$

1,069

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

827

 

 

 

 

 

 

827

 

 

 

304

 

Construction and land development

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

45

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

1,169

 

 

 

927

 

 

 

349

 

Commercial loans

 

 

422

 

 

 

 

 

 

422

 

 

 

285

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

 

$

2,518

 

 

$

1,169

 

 

$

1,349

 

 

$

634

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Allowance for

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Loan Losses

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

1,444

 

 

$

1,444

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,242

 

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

492

 

Construction and land development

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

45

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

100

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

3,886

 

 

 

2,594

 

 

 

1,292

 

 

 

537

 

Commercial loans

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

776

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

 

$

5,329

 

 

$

2,594

 

 

$

2,735

 

 

$

1,313

 

66


 

 

 

Total

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Impaired

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Allowance for

 

Nonaccruing Impaired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Loan Losses

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

204

 

 

$

204

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

336

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

540

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

336

 

Commercial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans

 

$

540

 

 

$

204

 

 

$

336

 

 

$

336

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

Impaired   Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Allowance for

 

Accruing Impaired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Loan Losses

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

832

 

 

$

698

 

 

$

134

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,173

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

623

 

Construction and land development

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

45

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

3,105

 

 

 

1,368

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

668

 

Commercial loans

 

 

179

 

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

181

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

300

 

Total Loans

 

$

4,338

 

 

$

1,368

 

 

$

2,970

 

 

$

1,149

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Impaired    Loans

 

 

Impaired    Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired

 

 

With No

 

 

With

 

 

Allowance for

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

Loans

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Allowance

 

 

Loan Losses

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

1,036

 

 

$

902

 

 

$

134

 

 

$

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,173

 

 

 

670

 

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

623

 

Construction and land development

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

45

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

336

 

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

336

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

3,645

 

 

 

1,572

 

 

 

2,073

 

 

 

1,004

 

Commercial loans

 

 

179

 

 

 

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

181

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

300

 

Total Loans

 

$

4,878

 

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

3,306

 

 

$

1,485

 

 

The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the interest income recognized on impaired loans in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 by loan category (in thousands).

 

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,2015

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,2014

 

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Interest

Income

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Interest

Income

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

$

1,169

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

928

 

 

$

76

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

2,659

 

 

32

 

 

 

2,822

 

 

95

 

Construction and land development

 

 

116

 

 

6

 

 

568

 

 

7

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

174

 

 

5

 

 

428

 

 

1

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

4,118

 

 

121

 

 

 

4,746

 

 

179

 

Commercial loans

 

 

1,319

 

 

17

 

 

132

 

 

9

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,124

 

 

44

 

Total Loans

 

$

5,437

 

 

$

137

 

 

$

6,002

 

 

$

232

 

 

67


For the years ended December 31, 201 5 and 201 4 , the Bank did not recognize a material amount of interest income on impaired loans.

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans and non-accrual loan balances as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 by class of loans (amounts in thousands).

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-89 Days

 

 

90+ Days

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Loans

 

 

Total Loans

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

131,608

 

 

$

2,058

 

 

$

129

 

 

$

480

 

 

$

134,275

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

163,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

165,053

 

Construction and land development

 

 

55,676

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

55,761

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

32,934

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,969

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

383,856

 

 

 

2,114

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

1,959

 

 

 

388,058

 

Commercial loans

 

 

78,282

 

 

 

249

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

1,059

 

 

 

79,607

 

Consumer loans

 

 

19,264

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

19,557

 

Total Loans

 

$

481,402

 

 

$

2,497

 

 

$

237

 

 

$

3,086

 

 

$

487,222

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-89 Days

 

 

90+ Days

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Past Due

 

 

Loans

 

 

Total Loans

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

55,702

 

 

$

358

 

 

$

 

 

$

231

 

 

$

56,291

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

98,397

 

 

 

462

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,153

 

Construction and land development

 

 

24,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,979

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

16,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

16,433

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

195,075

 

 

 

820

 

 

 

394

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

196,856

 

Commercial loans

 

 

55,588

 

 

 

189

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

55,819

 

Consumer loans

 

 

12,821

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

12,912

 

Total Loans

 

$

263,484

 

 

$

1,074

 

 

$

424

 

 

$

605

 

 

$

265,587

 

 

The Bank categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt, such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. The Bank analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed on a continuous basis. The Bank uses the following definitions for their risk ratings:

Accruing Loans – Special Mention: Weakness exists that could cause future impairment, including the deterioration of financial ratios, past due status and questionable management capabilities. Collateral values generally afford adequate coverage but may not be immediately marketable.

Substandard: Specific and well-defined weaknesses exist that may include poor liquidity and deterioration of financial ratios. The loan may be past due and related deposit accounts experiencing overdrafts. Immediate corrective action is necessary.

Doubtful: Specific weaknesses characterized as Substandard that are severe enough to make collection in full unlikely. There is no reliable secondary source of full repayment. Loans classified as doubtful will usually be placed on non-accrual, analyzed and fully or partially charged off based on a review of any collateral and other relevant factors.

Nonaccrual: Specific weakness characterized as Doubtful that are severe enough for the loan to be placed on nonaccrual status because collection of all contractual principal and interest payments is considered unlikely.

68


Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analy zed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be “Pass” rated loans. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and based on the most recent analyses performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows (amounts in thous ands):

 

 

 

Accruing   Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

Pass

 

 

Mention

 

 

Substandard

 

 

Loans

 

 

Total

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

123,862

 

 

$

6,765

 

 

$

3,168

 

 

$

480

 

 

$

134,275

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

155,235

 

 

 

7,019

 

 

 

1,384

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

165,053

 

Construction and land development

 

 

54,083

 

 

 

845

 

 

 

769

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

55,761

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

32,740

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,969

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

365,920

 

 

 

14,733

 

 

 

5,446

 

 

 

1,959

 

 

 

388,058

 

Commercial loans

 

 

75,335

 

 

 

2,598

 

 

 

632

 

 

 

1,042

 

 

 

79,607

 

Consumer loans

 

 

18,924

 

 

 

428

 

 

 

137

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

19,557

 

Total Loans

 

$

460,179

 

 

$

17,759

 

 

$

6,215

 

 

$

3,069

 

 

$

487,222

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Special

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

Pass

 

 

Mention

 

 

Substandard

 

 

Loans

 

 

Total

 

Mortgage loans on real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential

 

$

47,200

 

 

$

7,868

 

 

$

992

 

 

$

231

 

 

$

56,291

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

88,838

 

 

 

8,113

 

 

 

2,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,153

 

Construction and land development

 

 

21,131

 

 

 

3,680

 

 

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,979

 

Equity lines of credit

 

 

15,287

 

 

 

785

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

16,433

 

Total mortgage loans on real estate

 

 

172,456

 

 

 

20,446

 

 

 

3,387

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

196,856

 

Commercial loans

 

 

52,327

 

 

 

3,294

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

55,819

 

Consumer loans

 

 

11,346

 

 

 

441

 

 

 

1,099

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

12,912

 

Total Loans

 

$

236,129

 

 

$

24,181

 

 

$

4,672

 

 

$

605

 

 

$

265,587

 

 

 

(5) Premises and Equipment

Major classifications of premises and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Land and improvements

 

$

5,934

 

 

$

3,480

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

14,146

 

 

 

8,884

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

652

 

 

 

640

 

Furniture, equipment, and vehicle

 

 

3,245

 

 

 

2,970

 

Total

 

 

23,977

 

 

 

15,974

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(3,424

)

 

 

(3,275

)

Premises and equipment, net

 

$

20,553

 

 

$

12,699

 

 

Depreciation expense amounted to approximately $524 thousand in 2015 and $514 thousand in 2014.

 

 

69


(6) Foreclosed assets

Other real estate and certain other assets acquired in foreclosure are carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. An analysis of foreclosed properties for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

2014

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

2,340

 

 

$

427

 

Transfers from loans

 

 

201

 

 

 

2,262

 

Foreclosed property sold

 

 

(1,200

)

 

 

(289

)

Write-down of foreclosed property

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(60

)

Foreclosed assets acquired in merger

 

 

783

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

1,949

 

 

$

2,340

 

 

Expenses applicable to foreclosed assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 include the following (amounts in thousands).

 

  

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net (gain) loss on sales of foreclosed assets

 

$

(58

)

 

$

10

 

Write-down of foreclosed property

 

 

175

 

 

 

60

 

Operating expenses, net of rental income

 

 

50

 

 

 

12

 

Total

 

$

167

 

 

$

82

 

 

 

(7) Deposits

The following table sets forth the major classifications of deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Demand deposits, non-interest bearing

 

$

124,345

 

 

$

88,839

 

Demand deposits, interest bearing

 

 

174,827

 

 

 

118,643

 

Money market accounts

 

 

149,664

 

 

 

71,708

 

Savings deposits

 

 

19,524

 

 

 

9,494

 

Time certificates of $250,000 or more

 

 

30,929

 

 

 

17,169

 

Other time certificates

 

 

111,110

 

 

 

81,978

 

Totals

 

$

610,399

 

 

$

387,831

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows for certificates of deposit less than $250,000 and for certificates of deposit (“CDs”) of $250,000, or more (in thousands):

 

CDs Less Than $250,000

 

2016

 

$

74,214

 

2017

 

 

23,228

 

2018

 

 

7,787

 

2019

 

 

3,082

 

2020

 

 

2,793

 

Maturing after 2020

 

 

6

 

Total

 

$

111,110

 

70


 

CDs $250,000 or more

 

2016

 

$

22,875

 

2017

 

 

3,965

 

2018

 

 

2,323

 

2019

 

 

675

 

2020

 

 

1,091

 

Maturing after 2020

 

 

 

Total

 

$

30,929

 

 

 

(8) Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Securities sold under repurchase agreement are sold for one business day only. Securities sold under these arrangements are held in safekeeping by the Bank’s primary correspondent bank and may not be pledged, assigned, sold, or otherwise transferred or utilized by the customer. Interest rates on securities sold under repurchase agreement are determined daily by the Bank.

Securities sold under repurchase agreements were $10.2 million and $8.0 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The agreements were secured by investment securities with a fair value of approximately $13.3 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The weighted average interest rate paid on these agreements was .15% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

(9) Federal Home Loan Bank and Other Borrowings

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had outstanding advances from the FHLB that are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2015

Advance

 

 

Maturity

 

Rate

 

 

Rate Type

$

2,000

 

 

6/30/2016

 

 

0.69

%

 

Fixed

 

2,000

 

 

12/30/2016

 

 

0.92

%

 

Fixed

 

3,250

 

 

2/29/2016

 

 

0.43

%

 

Fixed

 

3,250

 

 

2/29/2016

 

 

0.58

%

 

Variable

$

10,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

Advance

 

 

Maturity

 

Rate

 

 

Rate Type

$

2,000

 

 

12/31/2015

 

 

0.45

%

 

Fixed

 

2,000

 

 

6/30/2016

 

 

0.69

%

 

Fixed

 

2,000

 

 

12/30/2016

 

 

0.92

%

 

Fixed

$

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had outstanding unfunded standby letters of credit with the FHLB totaling approximately $5.0 million.

The Company had pledged under blanket floating liens approximately $117.6 million and $71.2 million in residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit, commercial real estate loans, and loans secured by multi-family real estate as security for these advances, letters of credit, and possible future advances as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The value of the pledged collateral, when using appropriate discount percentages as prescribed by the FHLB, equals or exceeds the advances and unfunded letters of credit outstanding. At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $54.0 million additional borrowing capacity under it borrowing arrangement with the FHLB.

The Company had available lines of credit for overnight federal funds borrowings totaling $31.5 million at December 31, 2015.

 

 

71


(10) Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Current

 

$

1,935

 

 

$

1,617

 

Deferred

 

 

(669

)

 

 

(94

)

Total

 

$

1,266

 

 

$

1,523

 

 

The difference between income tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before taxes for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income before taxes

 

$

3,635

 

 

$

5,003

 

Statutory federal tax rate

 

 

34

%

 

 

34

%

Tax on income at statutory federal tax rate

 

 

1,236

 

 

 

1,701

 

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax benefit of state income taxes

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(57

)

Tax exempt income on loans

 

 

(50

)

 

 

(60

)

Tax exempt income on investments

 

 

(247

)

 

 

(25

)

Tax exempt income from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(104

)

 

 

(230

)

Nondeductible expenses

 

 

209

 

 

 

22

 

State income tax

 

 

139

 

 

 

172

 

Other

 

 

138

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,266

 

 

$

1,523

 

 

The following summarizes the components of deferred taxes at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and allowance for loan losses

 

$

3,691

 

 

$

1,082

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

810

 

 

 

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

253

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

321

 

 

 

184

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

5,075

 

 

 

1,266

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Core deposit intangible

 

 

(1,020

)

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

(924

)

 

 

(758

)

Unrealized gains on investment securities available-

   for-sale

 

 

(334

)

 

 

(388

)

Other

 

 

(352

)

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(2,630

)

 

 

(1,146

)

Net deferred income tax assets

 

$

2,445

 

 

$

120

 

 

 

(11) Commitments

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. In most cases, the Company requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

72


Financial instruments whose contract amount represents credit risk at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$

101,238

 

 

$

63,219

 

Stand-by and performance letters of credit

 

 

2,935

 

 

 

2,482

 

Total

 

$

104,173

 

 

$

65,701

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained upon an extension of credit, if deemed necessary by the Company, is based on management’s credit evaluation. The type of collateral held varies but may include unimproved and improved real estate, certificates of deposit, or personal property.

Standby and performance letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to local businesses. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

On December 31, 2015, the Company entered into a loan agreement with SouthPoint Bank of Birmingham, Alabama for $7.5 million. The loan proceeds were drawn and received by the Company on January 4, 2016. The loan proceeds were used to fund the payment of the cash consideration to the Keystone shareholders of $7.274 million in accordance with the merger agreement and for general corporate purposes. The loan carries a variable interest rate equal to the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate and requires quarterly principal payments of approximately $268 thousand plus accrued interest and has a term of seven years. The loan is secured by all of the common stock of the Bank.

The Company has entered into operating lease agreements for four branch locations and various office equipment. Total rent expense for 2015 and 2014 was approximately $369,000 and $357,000, respectively. Future minimum rent on operating leases as of December 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

2016

 

$

517

 

2017

 

 

492

 

2018

 

 

466

 

2019

 

 

469

 

2020

 

 

471

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,517

 

Total

 

$

3,932

 

 

 

(12) Employee Benefit Plans

Equity Incentive Plan

During 2006, the Company adopted the River Financial Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Equity Incentive Plan”). During 2015, the Company adopted the River Financial Corporation 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Equity Incentive Plan”). These Equity Incentive Plans were adopted to provide a means of enhancing and encouraging the recruitment and retention of individuals on whom the success of the Company depends.

The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. A total of 375,000 shares were reserved for possible issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The exercise price of each option grant equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and an option’s term is 10 years. This plan expires on April 3, 2016. The maximum term of options granted under the plan is ten years and the plan expires ten years after the adoption date.

The 2015 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock unit awards, and restricted stock awards. A total of 300,000 shares were reserved for possible issuance under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. The maximum term of grants under the plan is ten years and the plan expires ten years after the adoption date.

73


The Company also assumed outstanding Keystone incentive stock options upon the merger with Keystone. The Keystone options were converted under the terms of the merger agreement. The assumed options were fully vested at the time of the merger. The following table provides information on the options ass umed in the merger.

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price

 

 

Expiration

31,250

 

$

8.00

 

 

Wednesday, March 01, 2017

1,250

 

$

8.00

 

 

Wednesday, March 01, 2017

6,250

 

$

8.00

 

 

Sunday, February 18, 2018

3,125

 

$

8.40

 

 

Monday, March 01, 2021

3,125

 

$

8.40

 

 

Monday, March 01, 2021

45,000

 

$

8.06

 

 

 

 

A summary of activity in the outstanding stock options for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

Contractual

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

 

Term (years)

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

 

 

225,000

 

 

$

11.71

 

 

 

3.99

 

Granted

 

 

23,500

 

 

 

15.15

 

 

 

 

 

Assumed

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

8.06

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(4,500

)

 

 

11.33

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

13.50

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

 

287,000

 

 

$

11.41

 

 

 

3.33

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

 

231,250

 

 

$

10.84

 

 

 

2.28

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

 

 

250,000

 

 

$

11.75

 

 

 

4.96

 

Granted

 

 

0

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(11,500

)

 

 

11.72

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(13,500

)

 

 

12.61

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

225,000

 

 

$

11.71

 

 

 

3.99

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

 

 

174,500

 

 

$

11.32

 

 

 

3.02

 

 

The stock options granted in 2015 have a weighted average calculated value of $1.51. The calculated value of each grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

Dividend yield (after three years)

 

 

1.50

%

Expected life in years

 

 

7

 

Expected volatility

 

 

10.00

%

Risk free interest rate

 

 

0.57

%

 

The Company recognized $22,000 and $27,000 in compensation expense related to performance share awards during 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was approximately $52,000 of unrecorded compensation expense related to the performance share awards.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company provides a 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all of the Company’s employees who are eligible, as to age and length of service. A participant may elect to make contributions up to $18,000 and $17,500 of the participant’s annual compensation in 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company makes contributions up to 3% of each participant’s annual compensation and the Company matches 50% of the next 2% contributed by the employee. Contributions to the plan by Company were approximately $159,000 and $144,000 in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

74


(13) Stock Warrants

The Company issued 325,000 stock warrants to the initial organizers of the Bank in April 2006 for their involvement in the organization of the Bank. Vesting periods are five years from the date of the grant. There were no stock warrants issued in 2015 or 2014. The warrants have an exercise price of $10.00 per share and expire on April 3, 2016. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, 135,000 shares were vested and exercisable. There were no warrants exercised in 2015 or 2014. None of the warrants have been forfeited. No compensation expense is required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United State of America to be recorded in connection with these stock warrants.

On December 31, 2015, the Company assumed the outstanding stock warrants of Keystone. These warrants were issued to the initial organizers of Keystone in 2007. At the time of the merger the warrants were converted under the terms of the merger. A total of 36,000 warrants were assumed with an exercise price of $8.00 per share. These warrants expire on March 1, 2017.

 

 

(14) Related Party Transactions

The Company conducts transactions its with directors and executive officers, including companies in which such directors and executive officers have a beneficial interest, in the normal course of business. It is the Company’s policy to comply with federal regulations that require that loan and deposit transactions with directors and executive officers be made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans and deposits to other persons. During 2015, the board of directors or the Company was reduced from thirteen to seven in conjunction with the Keystone merger. As a result of the changes in related parties, deposit accounts with balances totaling $9.1 million at December 31, 2014 are not included at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, deposits from directors, executive officers and their related interests aggregated approximately $3,048,000 and $11,501,000, respectively. These deposits were taken in the normal course of business at market interest rates.

The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2015 with changes reflected for the change in related parties as a result of the Keystone merger (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

18,294

 

Related parties deleted in 2015

 

 

9,074

 

Repayments

 

 

11,682

 

New loans

 

 

13,290

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

10,828

 

 

 

(15) Regulatory Matters

Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Banks may pay without prior approval of the regulatory authorities. These restrictions are based on the level of regulatory classified assets, the prior years’ net earnings, and the ratio of equity capital to total assets.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under certain adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices must be met. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework as required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. The final rules took effect for the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to a transition period for certain parts of the rules. The rules revise the minimum capital requirements and adjust the prompt corrective action thresholds applicable to financial institutions under the agencies’ jurisdiction. The rules revise the regulatory capital elements, add a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, increase the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirements, and implement a new capital conservation buffer. The rules also permit certain banking organizations to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income. The Bank has made the election to retain the existing treatment for accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

The rules are intended to provide an additional measure of a bank’s capital adequacy by assigning weighted levels of risk to asset categories. Banks are also required to systematically maintain capital against such “off-balance sheet” activities as loans sold with recourse, loan commitments, guarantees, and standby letters of credit. These guidelines are intended to strengthen the quality of capital by increasing the emphasis on common equity and restricting the amount of loan loss reserves and other forms of equity, such

75


as preferred stock, that may be included in capital. Certain items, such as goodwill and other intangible assets, are deducted from capital in arriving at the various regulatory capital measures, such as common equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, and total risk-based capital.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier 1 Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 Capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the most recent notification from the regulators categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

The Bank’s actual capital amounts (in thousands) and ratios are also presented in the table below.

 

As of December 31, 2015:

 

Actual

 

 

Required For Capital

Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well Capitalized

Under Prompt Corrective

Action Regulations

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

Total Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

75,020

 

 

 

13.89

%

 

$

43,208

 

 

>= 8.00%

 

$

54,010

 

 

>= 10.00%

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (To Risk-

   weighted Assets)

 

 

71,193

 

 

 

13.18

%

 

 

24,307

 

 

>= 4.50%

 

 

35,110

 

 

>= 6.50%

Tier 1 Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

71,193

 

 

 

13.18

%

 

 

32,410

 

 

>= 6.00%

 

 

43,213

 

 

>= 8.00%

Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)

 

 

71,193

 

 

 

15.76

%

 

 

18,069

 

 

>= 4.00%

 

 

22,587

 

 

>= 5.00%

 

As of December 31, 2014:

 

Actual

 

 

Required For Capital

Adequacy Purposes

 

To Be Well Capitalized

Under Prompt Corrective

Action Regulations

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

Total Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

$

45,913

 

 

 

15.65

%

 

$

23,470

 

 

>= 8.00%

 

$

29,337

 

 

>= 10.00%

Tier 1 Capital (To Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

42,232

 

 

 

14.40

%

 

 

11,731

 

 

>= 4.00%

 

 

17,597

 

 

>= 6.00%

Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)

 

 

42,232

 

 

 

9.68

%

 

 

17,451

 

 

>= 4.00%

 

 

21,814

 

 

>= 5.00%

 

 

(16) Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as impaired loans, other real estate, and repossessed assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of the lower of cost or market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model- based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in  the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing  the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

Following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded or disclosed at fair value.

76


Cash and Cash Equivalents

For disclosure purposes, for cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits, and federal funds sold, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities Available-for-Sale

Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange and U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored enterprises and municipal bonds. Securities classified as Level 3 include asset-backed securities in less liquid markets.

Other Investments

For disclosure purposes, the carrying amount of other investments approximates their fair value.

Loans and Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale

The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. When a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment using one of three methods. These methods  include collateral value, market value of similar debt, and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral. Impaired loans where an allowance is established based on the fair value of collateral, or loans that are charged down according to the fair value of collateral, require classification in the fair value hierarchy. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 2. When the fair value is based on an appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of fixed-rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at cost, which is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Bank Owned Life Insurance

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of the cash surrender value of life insurance policies is equivalent to the carrying value.

Foreclosed Assets

Other real estate properties and miscellaneous repossessed assets are adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the loans to foreclosed assets. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price, the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 2. When fair value is based on an appraised value or management’s estimate of value, the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 3.

Deposits

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed-rate maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

For disclosure purposes, the fair value of the FHLB advances is based on the quoted value for similar remaining maturities provided by the FHLB.

77


Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit

Because commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and made using variable rates, the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The table below presents the recorded amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements At Reporting Date Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Active

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets For

 

 

Other

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

December 31, 2015

 

Fair Value

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage -backed

 

$

60,685

 

 

$

 

 

$

60,685

 

 

$

 

U.S. government agencies

 

 

22,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,953

 

 

 

 

State, county, and municipal

 

 

59,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,023

 

 

 

 

Corporate obligations

 

 

2,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

652

 

Totals

 

$

144,721

 

 

$

 

 

$

144,069

 

 

$

652

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements At Reporting Date Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Active

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets For

 

 

Other

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

December 31, 2014

 

Fair Value

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Securities available-for-sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage -backed

 

$

72,809

 

 

$

 

 

$

72,809

 

 

$

 

U.S. government agencies

 

 

31,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,281

 

 

 

 

State, county, and municipal

 

 

25,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,193

 

 

 

 

Corporate obligations

 

 

1,002

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,002

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

130,285

 

 

$

 

 

$

130,285

 

 

$

 

 

Assets Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are included in the table below as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands).

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements At Reporting Date Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Active

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets For

 

 

Other

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

December 31, 2015

 

Fair Value

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Impaired loans

 

$

4,016

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,016

 

Foreclosed assets

 

 

1,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,949

 

Totals

 

$

5,965

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,965

 

 

78


 

 

Fair Value Measurements At Reporting Date Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Active

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets For

 

 

Other

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

 

Observable

 

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

Inputs

 

 

Inputs

 

December 31, 2014

 

Fair Value

 

 

(Level 1)

 

 

(Level 2)

 

 

(Level 3)

 

Impaired loans

 

$

4,878

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,878

 

Foreclosed assets

 

 

2,340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,340

 

Totals

 

$

7,218

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

7,218

 

 

The Company has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 3 inputs, specifically the appraised value of the collateral. Impaired loan balances represent those collateral dependent impaired loans where management has estimated the credit loss by comparing the loan’s carrying value against the expected realizable fair value of the impaired loan for the amount of the credit loss.

The estimated fair values and related carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

31,002

 

 

$

31,002

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Certificates of deposit in banks

 

 

6,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,070

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

 

144,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

144,069

 

 

 

652

 

Restricted equity securities

 

 

1,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

Loans receivable

 

 

475,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

475,892

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

2,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,771

 

 

 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

14,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,731

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

610,399

 

 

 

 

 

 

599,988

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,166

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

10,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Amount

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

25,369

 

 

$

25,369

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Certificates of deposit in banks

 

 

1,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,992

 

 

 

 

Securities available-for-sale

 

 

130,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

130,285

 

 

 

 

Restricted equity securities

 

 

668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

668

 

Loans receivable

 

 

261,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

262,102

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

9,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,666

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

387,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

381,735

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

8,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,043

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,024

 

 

 

 

 

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

79


Fair value estimates are based on exi sting on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include mortgage banking operations, deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on f air value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

 

 

(17) River Financial Corporation (Parent Company Only) Financial Information

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(in thousands)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

923

 

 

$

1,193

 

Investment in River Bank & Trust

 

 

82,278

 

 

 

42,838

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

513

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

84,038

 

 

$

44,031

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

9,078

 

 

$

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

9,114

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

4,876

 

 

 

3,058

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

62,493

 

 

 

35,175

 

Retained earnings

 

 

7,941

 

 

 

5,991

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

571

 

 

 

606

 

Treasury stock, at cost

 

 

(957

)

 

 

(799

)

Total Stockholders' equity

 

 

74,924

 

 

 

44,031

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

84,038

 

 

$

44,031

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Cash dividends from River Bank & Trust

 

$

1,000

 

 

$

1,000

 

Total income

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Legal and other professional fees

 

 

723

 

 

 

18

 

Data processing expense

 

 

1,259

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' meeting expense

 

 

15

 

 

 

11

 

Other expenses

 

 

24

 

 

 

1

 

Total expenses

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

30

 

Net (loss) income before tax benefit

 

 

(1,021

)

 

 

970

 

Applicable income tax benefit

 

 

(415

)

 

 

(10

)

Net income (loss) before undistributed net income of

   River Bank & Trust

 

 

(606

)

 

 

980

 

Equity in undistributed net income of River

   Bank & Trust

 

 

2,975

 

 

 

2,500

 

Net income

 

$

2,369

 

 

$

3,480

 

 

80


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

2,369

 

 

$

3,480

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided

   by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed net income of River Bank & Trust

 

 

(2,975

)

 

 

(2,500

)

Deferred income tax (benefit)

 

 

(499

)

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets and (decrease)

   increase in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

(324

)

 

 

6

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

1,718

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

289

 

 

 

986

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

   and warrants

 

 

51

 

 

 

135

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

(369

)

 

 

(157

)

Sale of treasury stock

 

 

178

 

 

 

152

 

Cash dividends

 

 

(419

)

 

 

(296

)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(559

)

 

 

(166

)

Net change in cash

 

 

(270

)

 

 

820

 

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

1,193

 

 

 

373

 

Cash at end of year

 

$

923

 

 

$

1,193

 

 

 

(18) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

At the close of business December 31, 2015, the Company recorded goodwill of $9,410,000 associated with the Keystone merger. In addition to the goodwill recorded for Keystone, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible asset of $2,763,000. The core deposit intangible asset will be amortized using an accelerated method over eight years. No amortization expense was recorded in 2015 for the core deposit intangible because the merger occurred on December 31, 2015.

 

 

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

 

Item 9.A Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company has carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with participation of management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. There are inherent limitation to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even the effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Company required to be disclosed in reports that if files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the requisite time periods and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

 

 

81


PART III

 

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Our Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age, and position, as of December 31, 2015 of the individuals who currently serve as our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

 

Age

 

 

Position

 

Director Since

 

 

Larry Puckett

 

 

74

 

 

Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

2006

 

 

W. Murray Neighbors

 

 

65

 

 

Director and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

2015

 

1

James M .Stubbs

 

 

53

 

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

2006

 

 

Gerald R. Smith, Jr

 

 

61

 

 

Director and President

 

 

2015

 

1

Vernon B. Taylor

 

 

51

 

 

Director

 

 

2006

 

 

Jimmy L. Ridling

 

 

71

 

 

Director

 

 

2006

 

 

John A. Freeman

 

 

67

 

 

Director

 

 

2015

 

1

Kenneth H. Givens

 

 

62

 

 

Executive Vice President, CFO, Secretary of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Joel Winslett 2

 

 

54

 

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Service commenced on 12/31/2015 as a result of the merger between River Financial Corporation and Keystone Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

2

Executive of River Bank & Trust only.

Below is certain information regarding our executive officers’ and directors’ individual experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills and brief statements of those aspects of our directors’ backgrounds that led us to conclude that they should serve as directors or executive officers.

Larry Puckett was one of the founding directors of River Bank & Trust in 2006, and was appointed as a Director and Chairman of the board of directors at that time.  While Mr. Puckett currently remains as the Chairman of the board of directors, he is also the Dealer/Operator and President of Larry Puckett Chevrolet in Prattville, Alabama. Mr. Puckett serves on multiple business and non-profit boards, and is considered to be a valued member and successful business person in the automotive industry and his community.

W. Murray Neighbors was appointed as a Director and Vice Chairman of the board of directors in 2015 as a result of the merger effective 12/31/2015.  Prior to the merger, Mr. Neighbors was one of the original Members of the Board of Directors and served as Chairman of the board of directors of Keystone Bancshares, Inc. and Keystone Bank in 2007.  Mr. Neighbors is retired from the US Treasury Department, but remains an active developer of commercial and residential properties in Auburn, AL.  Mr. Neighbors is also very active in his community as a member of the City of Auburn’s Commercial Development Authority, has served on the Business Development Committee for the Auburn Chamber of Commerce and as the Treasurer of the Lee County Rotary Club.

James M. Stubbs was one of the founding directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of River Bank & Trust in 2006.  Mr. Stubbs was appointed as the Chief Executive Officer of River Financial Corporation and River Bank & Trust, effective with the merger on 12/31/2015.  Mr. Stubbs has over twenty five years of commercial banking experience.  Specifically, Mr. Stubbs served as a Vice President in the Consumer and Commercial Lending Departments of Aliant Bank from June 1986 through June 1997.  Subsequently, he served as an Area President for Colonial Bank from June 1997 through February 2005, when he left to begin the formation of River Bank & Trust.  Mr. Stubbs community involvement includes serving on numerous business and non-profit boards.

Gerald R. Smith, Jr . was appointed as a Director of the board of directors in 2015 as a result of the merger effective 12/31/2015.  Mr. Smith was also appointed as President of River Financial Corporation and River Bank & Trust effective 12/31/2015.  Prior to the merger, Mr. Smith was one of the founding directors of Keystone Bank in 2007, and served as Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Smith also brings 44 years of banking experience and a long history of community involvement in Gadsden, AL.  Prior to forming Keystone Bank, Mr. Smith served as the Area Executive for North Alabama for The Bank with overall responsibility for offices in several cities.  He also served as a Senior Banking Officer with The Bank overseeing loan operations and central loan underwriting.

Vernon B. Taylor was one of the founding directors of River Bank & Trust in 2006, and is currently serving as a Director of River Financial Corporation and River Bank & Trust.  He has been in aviation for 27 years, and served as a pilot in the US Air Force.  Mr. Taylor later founded and directed two aviation service companies based in the River Region.  He serves on those boards and is an investor in local commercial real estate. Mr. Taylor is very active in the community while serving on several local boards.

82


Jimmy L. Ridling was one of the founding directors of River Bank & Trust in 2006, and was appointed as a Director and Vice Chairman of the board of directors at that time through 2015.  While currently serving as a Direc tor of River Financial Corporation and River Bank & Trust, Mr. Ridling has had a successful career in the insurance industry and brings a diverse background to the board while currently serving as Commissioner of the Alabama Department of Insurance.  He wa s vice president of the U.S. operations of Firemen’s Fund Insurance, and then became President and Chief Executive Officer of Southern Guaranty.  Mr. Ridling also served as Chairman of the Board of Directors for Jackson Hospital and the River Region United Way, a board member of the Montgomery Airport Authority, the Montgomery Area Chamber of Commerce, and the Central Alabama Community Foundation.

John A. Freeman was appointed as a Director of the board of directors in 2015 as a result of the merger effective 12/31/2015.   Mr. Freeman is the President of Freeman Land Development, Inc, and has a long history as a community and civic leader in the Gadsden area.  He also previously served as an Advisory Director of Superior Bank in Gadsden, AL.

Kenneth H. Givens has served as an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for River Bank & Trust and River Financial Corporation since 2011.  Mr. Givens began his career in community bank accounting and financial management in 1974.   He spent his first 8 years with First Alabama (Regions) Bank of Dothan as a Controller and the Human Resource Director, and then spent the next 29 years with Aliant Financial Corporation & Aliant Bank as the Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Director.  Mr. Givens also served as an instructor at the Alabama Banking School from 1998 through the summer of 2014.

Joel Winslett has served as an Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer for River Bank & Trust since 2010 after joining River Bank & Trust in 2008. Mr. Winslett has 22 years’ experience in banking and finance and is a graduate of Auburn University at Montgomery.  

Board Size and Composition

Our registration statement filed on Form S-4 with the SEC and merger agreement approved by our shareholders, state that the board of directors will consist of 4 legacy Directors of River Financial Corporation and 3 legacy Directors of Keystone Bancshares, Inc.  RB&T currently has 23 Directors total, but only 7 of those Directors serve on River Financial Corporation’s Board of Directors.  Our directors are elected for a one-year term and hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors are “independent directors,” as defined in NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(a)(2), except Messrs. Stubbs and Smith, who are executive officers. In determining each director’s independence, our board of directors considered the services provided, and loan transactions between us or RB&T and the director or the director’s family members or businesses with which our directors or their family members are associated, and other matters that our board of directors deemed pertinent.

Audit/Compliance Committee

The Company’s board relies upon the audit committee of RB&T to perform the required duties under 12 C.F.R. § 363.5 for insured depository institutions, and the Alabama Banking Department’s policy on Audit and Risk Management Standards for Alabama, State Chartered Banks.  These duties include the appointment, compensation and oversight of the independent public accountant who performs services under the FDICs Part 363, and reviewing with management and the independent public accountant the basis for the reports issued under Part 363. The current members of the Audit/Compliance Committee are Lynn Carter, Banks Herndon, Murray Neighbors, David Smith and David Thrasher.  The Board of Directors of the Company and RB&T have determined that Murray Neighbors is a financial expert for purposes of the audit committee.  Mr. Neighbors retired from a twenty-six year career in federal financial criminal investigations and management oversight where he served as the Director of Review and Program Evaluation for the Criminal Investigation Division of the U.S. Treasury Department. Mr. Neighbors is also an independent director.

Board of Directors’ Role in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management.  In its risk oversight role, our board of directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed.  Our board of directors oversees an enterprise-wide approach to risk management, designed to support the achievement of organizational objectives, including strategic objectives, to improve long-term organizational performance and enhance stockholder value.

83


Additional Information Concerning Directors

Our directors serve one-year terms. With the exception of the legacy Keystone directors and executive officers, none of the directors or executive officers was selected pursuant to any arrangement or understanding, other than with our directors and executive officers acting within their capacities as such. Under the terms of our merger agreement with Keystone, the legacy Keystone directors will serve until our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders and will be nominated for election, unless the director is disqualified from service as a director based on the occurrence of certain specified events. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers. None of our directors or executive officers serves as a director of any company that has a class of securities registered under, or that is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of, the Exchange Act, or any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.   None of our directors or executive officers has been involved in any legal proceedings during the past 10 years that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors or executive officers or in which such director or officer had or has a material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries. The principal occupation and employment during the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers was carried on, in each case except as specifically identified above, with a corporation or organization that is not a parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of us. The stock ownership with respect to each of our directors and executive officers is set forth in the table entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” under Item 12 below.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code”) that all of the bank’s employees, officers and directors must abide by.   The Code is approved on an annual basis, and a receipt of acknowledgment and understanding of the Code is required annually by the directors of the board and all bank employees. We will provide, free of charge, a copy of our code to any person upon request made in writing to Rebecca Hallman, AVP Investor Relations/HR Director, P.O. Box 680249, Prattville, Alabama 36068, or by email, rhallman@riverbankandtrust.com .

 

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation of Executive Officers

Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, motivate, and retain high-quality leadership and incentivize our executive officers to achieve performance goals over the short- and long-term, which also aligns the interests of our executive officers with our stockholders. The following discussion relates to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Jimmy Stubbs, and our Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Kenneth Givens, who are collectively referred to herein as our named executive officers of River Financial Corporation. Our Executive Committee and board of directors has historically reviewed and determined the compensation of our named executive officers on an annual basis.

Elements of Executive Compensation

We do not currently have employment agreements with any of our executive officers.  The compensation of our named executive officers presently consists of base salary, equity awards, non-equity incentive compensation, and certain other benefits, as further described below.

Base Salaries:   Base salaries for our named executive officers are determined based on each officer’s responsibilities, experience, and contributions to our growth, individual performance, Company performance, and general industry conditions.

Equity Awards.   Our named executive officers participate in the 2006 & 2015 Incentive Stock Compensation Plan.  See plan details on the following page.  Grants of equity to our named executive officers under the Incentive Plan have consisted of option awards. These grants provide our named executive officers with the appropriate incentives to continue in our employ and to improve our growth and profitability, serve to align the interests of our named executive officers with our stockholders, and reward our named executive officers for improved Company performance.  Any grant recommendations are presented to the Stock Option Committee for approval, and then presented to the full board through an Executive Session for approval.

Non-Equity Incentive Compensation.   Our named executive officers are also eligible to receive an annual cash bonus as a percentage of base salary based on our net income during the year, relative to our budgeted expectations for the year.  Any bonus payout recommendations are presented to the Executive Compensation Committee for approval, and then presented to the full board through an Executive Session for approval.

84


Other Employee Benefits. We provide the following additional benefits to our named executive officers on the same basis as all other eligible employees:

·

Company-sponsored healthcare plans, including coverage for medical, dental, vision and gap insurance benefits;

·

a qualified 401(k) employee stock ownership plan with a matching contribution; and

·

payment of life, accidental death and dismemberment, and long term disability insurance premiums.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, a summary of the compensation paid to or earned by our named executive officers from the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option (2)

 

 

Incentive Plan

 

 

All Other (3)

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Principal Position (1)

 

Year

 

Salary ($)

 

 

Awards ($)

 

 

Compensation ($)

 

 

Compensation ($)

 

 

Total ($)

 

James M. Stubbs

 

2015

 

$

211,281

 

 

$

14,700

 

 

$

63,673

 

 

$

14,627

 

 

$

304,281

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2014

 

$

207,139

 

 

$

11,490

 

 

$

62,424

 

 

$

14,486

 

 

$

295,539

 

Kenneth H. Givens

 

2015

 

$

176,324

 

 

$

7,350

 

 

$

35,657

 

 

$

18,465

 

 

$

237,796

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2014

 

$

169,025

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

33,959

 

 

$

17,008

 

 

$

219,992

 

Joel Winslett

 

2015

 

$

134,717

 

 

$

1,470

 

 

$

27,061

 

 

$

15,930

 

 

$

179,178

 

Chief Credit Officer

 

2014

 

$

132,051

 

 

$

0

 

 

$

26,530

 

 

$

14,343

 

 

$

172,924

 

 

(1)

Post-merger effective 12/31/2015, Mr. Stubbs holds the position of Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Gerald Ray Smith, Jr. now holds the position of President for both River Bank & Trust and River Financial Corporation.  Mr. Smith is not named as executive officer above, as he was not paid by the company until January 2016.  Mr. Givens remains as the Chief Financial Officer for both River Bank & Trust and River Financial Corporation.

(2)

Represents the grant date fair value of options and warrants calculated in accordance with FASB Topic 718 as set forth in footnote 1 of River Financial’s financial statements.

(3)

All other compensation:

 

a.

All other compensation for Mr. Stubbs in 2014 includes life insurance / accidental death & dismemberment ($1,170.36), long term disability ($396.00), company vehicle ($5,350.00) and company match on the 401(K) ($7,570.12).

 

b.

All other compensation for Mr. Stubbs in 2015 includes life insurance / accidental death & dismemberment ($1,198.56), long term disability ($396.00), company vehicle ($5,350.00) and company match on the 401(K) (7,682.88).

 

c.

All other compensation for Mr. Givens in 2014 includes medical insurance ($7,093.80), gap insurance ($202.55), life insurance / accidental death & dismemberment ($953.88), long term disability ($396.00), and company match on the 401(K) ($7,959.69).

 

d.

All other compensation for Mr. Givens in 2015 includes medical insurance ($7,631.43), gap insurance ($1,018.96), life insurance / accidental death & dismemberment ($1,006.80), long term disability ($396.00), and company match on the 401(K) ($8,411.33).

 

e.

All other compensation for Mr. Winslett in 2014 includes medical insurance ($7,093.80), gap insurance ($824.66), life insurance / accidental death & dismemberment ($746.61), long term disability ($396.00), and company match on the 401(K) ($5,282.08).

 

f.

All other compensation for Mr. Winslett in 2015 includes medical insurance ($7,631.43), gap insurance ($1,749.85), life insurance / accidental death & dismemberment ($764.28), long term disability ($396.00), and company match on the 401(K) ($5,388.68).

2006 & 2015 Incentive Stock Compensation Plans

General. The 2015 Incentive Stock Compensation (“Incentive Plan”) Plan was approved by our stockholders at a special called meeting on December 1, 2015. The purpose of the Incentive Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company by providing financial incentives to eligible persons who are in positions to make significant contributions toward such success.  The Plan is designed to attract individuals of outstanding ability to employment with the Company, to encourage such persons to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, and to render superior performance for the Company. The 2015 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock awards, performance awards, and other stock-based awards to our employees, officers, and directors. The 2015 Incentive Plan reserved for issuance a total of 300,000 shares of our common stock, and the 2006 Incentive Plan reserved for issuance a total of 375,000 shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split or similar event. As of March 8, 2016, 522,500 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options under the 2006 and 2015 Incentive Plans and 279,600 additional shares of our

85


common stock were reserved for issuance under these Incentive Plans. No additiona l options will be issued under the 2006 Incentive Plan.

Administration of the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan provides that it will be administered by the Compensation Committee, which has the authority to grant awards under the Incentive Plan, to determine the terms of each award (which are evidenced by a written agreement describing the material terms of the award), to interpret the provisions of the Incentive Plan and to make all other determinations that it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Incentive Plan.

Types of Awards Available Under the Incentive Plan.

 

·

Options – The Incentive Plan provides for awards in the form of options to purchase shares of our common stock, either as incentive stock options qualified under Section 422 of the Code or options that are not so qualified (referred to as non-qualified stock options). The exercise price of an option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. The exercise price may be paid in cash, or as otherwise provided in the award agreement.

 

·

Stock Appreciation Rights – The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights. The base price of a stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. The consideration payable upon exercise of a stock appreciation right will be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, as determined by the Committee.

 

·

Stock Awards – The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of restricted or unrestricted stock awards, or restricted stock units (RSU). Stock awards may be issued for any lawful consideration as the Committee may determine, and the consideration may be in the form of services performed, or may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

·

Performance Awards – The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of performance awards that become payable on account of attainment of one or more performance goals established by the Committee. Performance awards may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and our common stock, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Performance goals established by the Committee may be based on our or an affiliate’s operating income or one or more other business criteria selected by the Committee that apply to an individual or group of individuals, a business unit, or us or an affiliate as a whole, over such performance period as the Committee may designate.

Vesting. The Committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

Change in Control Transactions . In the event of any transaction resulting in a change in control, outstanding stock options and other awards under the Incentive Plan that are payable in or convertible into our common stock will terminate upon the effective time of such change in control unless provision is made in connection with the transaction for the continuation or assumption of such awards by, or for the substitution of the equivalent awards of, the surviving or successor entity or a parent thereof. In the event of such termination, the holders of such awards will be permitted, immediately before the change in control, to exercise or convert all portions of such awards that are then exercisable or convertible or that will become exercisable or convertible upon or prior to the effective time of the change in control. The Committee may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability of any or all outstanding stock options or other awards.

Adjustments for Other Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain corporate transactions (including a stock dividend or split, spin-off, split-up, dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or share exchange, or similar corporate change that is not part of a transaction resulting in a change in control of us), the Committee will appropriately adjust, if needed, (a) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance or with respect to which awards may be granted under the Incentive Plan and (b) the terms of outstanding awards, including, but not limited to, the number, kind, and price of securities subject to such awards.

Termination and Amendment. Our board of directors may terminate, amend, or modify the Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, however, that (i) any such amendment that would require shareholder approval in order to ensure compliance with any applicable rules or regulations; and (ii) any amendment that would change the maximum aggregate number of shares for which Awards may be granted under the Plan (except as required under any adjustments pursuant to Sections 1.03 and 4.01 of the Plan), shall be subject to approval of the shareholders of the Company.

86


Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2015, concerning outstanding equity awards previously granted to our named executive officers:

 

 

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

 

 

Option / Warrant awards

Name

 

Number of securities

underlying unexercised

options (#) exercisable

 

Number of securities

underlying unexercised

options (#)

unexerciseable (1)

 

 

Option exercise

price ($)

 

Option

expiration date

James Stubbs

 

60,000 options

 

 

 

 

60,000 ($10.00)

 

4/3/2016

 

 

25,000 warrants

 

 

 

 

25,000 ($10.00)

 

4/3/2016

 

 

7,500 options

 

 

 

 

7,500 ($13.00)

 

1/15/2019

 

 

10,000 options

 

2,000 options

 

 

10,000 (13.50)

 

1/15/2020

 

 

10,000 options

 

8,000 options

 

 

10,000 ($12.47)

 

3/13/2023

 

 

112,500 total

 

10,000 total

 

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Givens

 

8,000 options

 

12,000 options

 

 

20,000 ($13.60);

 

2/01/2022

 

 

1,000 options

 

4,000 options

 

 

5,000 ($12.47)

 

03/13/2023

 

 

9,000 total

 

16,000 total

 

 

 

 

 

Joel Winslett

 

7,500 options

 

 

 

 

7,500 ($10.00);

 

8/14/2018

 

 

2,000 options

 

 

 

 

2,000 ($13.00);

 

1/15/2019

 

 

2,000 options

 

 

 

 

2,500 ($13.50);

 

1/15/2020

 

 

1,000 options

 

1,500 options

 

 

2,500 ($12.47);

 

3/13/2023

 

 

12,500  total

 

1,000 options

 

 

1,000 ($15.00)

 

1/14/2025

 

 

 

 

2,500 total

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unexerciseable options are subject to time-vesting requirements.

Retirement Benefits

We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or the “KSOP”, in which our named executive officers participate, as well as any other eligible employees. The Plan allows participants to contribute up to 100% of their pay on a pre-tax basis into individual retirement accounts, subject to the maximum annual limits set by the IRS.  However, no more than 50% of the participant’s contribution can be invested in the company stock.  The Company’s matching employer contribution is in an amount equal to100% of the first 3% and 50% up to the next 2% of each plan participant’s elective deferrals. The employer’s matching contributions are currently 100% invested in company stock,  and are immediately 100% vested in order to maintain “safe harbor” status.

87


Director Compensation

Fees.   River Financial Corporation Directors received a director’s fee of $5,000 in 2014 and $7,500 in 2015. The following table shows fees paid to those persons who were directors in 2014 and 2015.

 

 

 

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Name

 

Year

 

Fees earned or paid

in cash ($)

 

 

Stock Awards ($)

 

All Other

Compensation

 

Total ($)

 

Larry Puckett

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Jim Ridling

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Lynn M. Carter

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Charles E. Herron

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Jerry C. Kyser, Jr.

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

David R. Thrasher

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

R. Shepherd Morriss

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Bolling P. Starke, III

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

David B. Smith

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Vernon B. Taylor

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Dorothy Sanford

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

Adolph Weil, III

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

James M. Stubbs

 

2015

 

$

7,500

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

7,500

 

 

 

2014

 

$

5,000

 

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

$

5,000

 

 

Change in Control Agreements

River Bank & Trust has change in control agreements with Jimmy Stubbs, Chief Executive Officer, Gerald R. Smith, President, and Kenneth H. Givens, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and five other executive officers of the bank. Mr. Stubbs’ and Mr. Smith’s agreements are for a term of 36 months and renew annually, and the agreements for all other executive officers are for 24 months and renew annually.

The agreements define a “change in control” as (a) a change in control as defined by the bank’s primary federal bank regulator; (b) a merger or business combination or contested election where non-employee directors cease to be a majority of directors; (c) the bank transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another entity which is not an affiliate of the bank; (d) the bank is merged with another corporation or entity and less than 60% of the equity interest in the surviving corporation is owned by former shareholders of the bank; or (3) the bank sells or transfers more than 50% of its equity interest to persons not affiliated with the bank.

Except for Mr. Stubbs and Mr.Smith, the agreements are “double trigger” agreements, which means that the employee receives benefits only if there is a change in control, and either an employee terminates employment for “good reason,” which includes a material diminution in employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities, or salary, or there is a relocation of employee’s principal place of business to a location outside a radius of 35 miles of employee’s principal place of business at the time of the change in control.

Except for Mr. Stubbs and Mr. Smith, if within two years after a change in control, an employee resigns for good reason or is terminated other than for cause, the employee will receive insurance and health benefits for 18 months plus a lump sum cash payment equal to 1.5 times employee’s base amount of compensation.

88


Mr. Stubbs’ and Mr. Smith’s a greements provide that upon a change in control, each person shall receive a lump sum cash payment equal to 2.99 times the base amount of compensation and if employment is terminated within three years after a change in control, each person will continue t o receive health and insurance benefits for 36 months.

If an employee is terminated for cause, as defined in t he agreements, or resigns prior to a change in control, the employee receives no compensation or benefits from the agreement.

 

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 8, 2016 by:

 

·

each of our directors;

 

·

our Named Executive Officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table;

 

·

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

·

each stockholder known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of common stock that may be acquired by an individual or group within 60 days of March 1, 2016, pursuant to derivative securities, such as options or RSUs, are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such individual or group, but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table. Percentage of ownership is based on an aggregate of 4,877,219 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 8, 2016.

Except as indicated in footnotes to the this table, we believe that the stockholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown to be beneficially  owned by them, based on information provided to us by such stockholder.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership

 

 

 

Percentage of

Outstanding

Shares(1)

 

Named Directors & Executive Officers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Larry Puckett

 

105,833

 

(2)

 

 

2.18

%

Jim Ridling

 

 

76,002

 

 

 

 

1.57

%

Vernon B Taylor

 

 

99,000

 

 

 

 

2.04

%

James M Stubbs

 

152,552

 

(3)

 

 

3.08

%

Gerald R Smith, Jr

 

55,000

 

(4)

 

 

1.13

%

W. Murray Neighbors

 

 

60,002

 

 

 

 

1.24

%

John A. Freeman

 

 

21,269

 

 

 

 

.44

%

Kenneth H. Givens

 

9,000

 

(5)

 

 

.19

%

Joel Winslett

 

 

12,500

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officers and Directors as a Group

 

 

578,658

 

 

 

 

11.59

%

5% Stockholders known by us

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Based upon total outstanding shares as of March 1, 2016.  Percentages are calculated for each person assuming the exercise of options or warrants held by such person but that no other person exercises options or warrants.  For the directors and executive officers as a group, the percentage is determined by assuming that each director and executive officer exercises all options and warrants but that no other person exercises options or warrants.

(2)

Larry Puckett’s ownership includes 10,000 vested warrants not yet exercised.

(3)

James M. Stubbs’ ownership includes 102,500 vested warrants and options not yet exercised.

(4)

Gerald R. Smith, Jr.’s ownership includes 25,000 vested options not yet exercised.

(5)

Kenneth H. Givens’ and Joel Winslett’s ownership solely represents 9,000 and 12,500 vested options not yet exercised, respectively.

 

 

89


Item 13. Certain Rel ationships and Relate d Transactions, and Director Independence

Banking Transactions

We and our subsidiaries may engage in transactions with directors, officers, employees, and other “related parties” only to the extent that such activities are permitted by, and consistent with, applicable laws and regulations. Federal and state regulations impose a number of restrictions on transactions and dealings between insured depository institutions and related parties. In general, these transactions are subject to certain quantitative limitations and are required to be on substantially the same terms and conditions as are available for transactions between the institution and unrelated parties. “Related parties” include our directors and officers, their spouses, and certain members of their immediate families, as well as other persons or entities with which we have certain relationships, as set forth in federal and state regulations.

We have had in the past, and expect to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with our directors, officers, and principal stockholders, and their associates, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. Such transactions are not expected to involve more than the normal risks of collectability nor present other unfavorable features to us. Loans to individual directors and officers must also comply with our lending policies and statutory lending limits.

 

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

During the period covering the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, Porter Keadle Moore, LLC performed the following professional services. The retention of Porter Keadle Moore, LLC was approved in advance by the audit committee.

 

Description

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Audit Fees

 

$

138,051

 

 

$

51,762

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

$

 

 

$

 

Tax Fees

 

$

 

 

$

 

All Other Fees

 

$

 

 

$

 

90


Signat ures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 the registrant has duly caused this annual report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Prattville, State of Alabama, on March 28, 2016.

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James M. Stubbs

 

 

James M. Stubbs

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Duly Authorized Representative)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1994, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ James M. Stubbs

 

CEO and Director

 

*

James M. Stubbs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kenneth H. Givens

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

*

Kenneth H. Givens

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Larry Puckett

 

Director and Chairman of the Board

 

*

Larry Puckett

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ W. Murray Neighbors

 

Director and Vice Chairman of the Board

 

*

W. Murray Neighbors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gerald R. Smith

 

Director and President

 

*

Gerald R. Smith

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Vernon B. Taylor

 

Director

 

*

Vernon B. Taylor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jimmy L. Ridling

 

Director

 

*

Jimmy L. Ridling

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John A. Freeman

 

Director

 

*

John A. Freeman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* March 28, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

91


Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 13, 2015, by and among River Financial Corporation and Keystone Bancshares, Inc. filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of River Financial Corporation, as amended

 

 

 

3.2

 

Bylaws of River Financial Corporation, as amended

 

 

 

4.1

 

Article IV and Article V of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended, included at Exhibit 3.1 hereto and Article II and Article VI of the bylaws, as amended, included as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.1

 

River Financial 2006 Stock Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.2

 

River Financial Change in Control Agreement for Jimmy Stubbs filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.3

 

River Financial Change in Control Agreement for Kenneth H. Givens filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

10.4

 

River Financial Change in Control Agreement for Joel K. Winslett filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.5

 

River Financial Change in Control Agreement for Ray Smith filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.6

 

River Financial Change in Control Agreement for Boles Pegues filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.7

 

River Financial Employment Term Sheet for Ray Smith filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.8

 

River Financial Employment Term Sheet for Boles Pegues filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.9

 

River Bank & Trust Form of Warrant Agreement, assumed by River Financial filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.10

 

River Financial 2015 Incentive Stock Compensation Plan filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

10.11

 

Loan Agreement between River Financial Corporation and Southpoint Bank filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 5, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of River Financial Corporation, filed as Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, registration no. 333-205986 filed on July 31, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Porter Keadle Moore, LLC

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

 

 

 

101

 

Interactive Data Files

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

Exhibit 3.1

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

The undersigned, acting as incorporators under the Code of Alabama, 1975 as amended, adopt the following Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of this corporation (the “Corporation”) shall be:

“River Financial Corporation”

ARTICLE II

DURATION

The Corporation shall have perpetual duration and existence.

ARTICLE III

OBJECTS AND PURPOSES

The objects and nature of the business and the purposes and powers of the Corporation are to act as a bank holding company and to engage in any lawful activity and to exercise all powers permitted to it by the Alabama Business Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock (“Shares”) which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 5,000,000, consisting of 5,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value common stock (“Common Stock”).

4.2 Dividends upon Common Stock shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors from funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s capital surplus. Dividends upon shares of any class or series of Corporation Common Stock may be paid in cash, property, or shares of any class or series of Common Stock of the Corporation, as may be determined by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors.

4.3 Written restrictions on the global transfer or registration of transfer of the Corporation’s capital stock, securities or evidences of indebtedness or any interest therein may be imposed by the

Corporation, entered into as part of an agreement, adopted as By-Laws, or recognized by the Corporation as the Corporation’s Board of Directors may determine by resolution or resolutions. Any such transfer restrictions shall be noted conspicuously on the security or evidence of indebtedness.

ARTICLE V

NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

A holder of the Corporation’s Common Stock shall not have the preemptive right to purchase its proportion of the issuance of any class of shares, including treasury shares, according to the proportion of its holdings of such class.

1


 

ARTICLE VI

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Except as otherwise required by applicable law, no contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or any other person, corporation, firm, association or entity in which one or more of its directors or officers are financially interested, shall be void or voidable because of such relationship or interest, or because such director or directors are present at the meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies such contract or transaction, if the contract or transaction is fair and reasonable to the Corporation, and if:

(a) The fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed to the Board of Directors or committee which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction by a vote or consent sufficient for the purpose, without counting the votes or consents of such interested directors or consents of such interested directors and without considering such interested directors as present for purposes of constituting a quorum; or

(b) The fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorize, approve or ratify such contract or transaction by vote or written consent.

6.2 The Corporation may from time to time enter into any agreement to which all, or less than all, holders of record of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, other securities or evidences of indebtedness are parties, restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of any or all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, upon such reasonable terms and conditions as may be approved by resolution or resolutions adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

6.3 Except as required by applicable law, including the state and federal banking laws, a director shall not be held personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for money damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action as a director.

6.4 The Corporation may not sell or transfer all or substantially all of its assets except upon the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 75% of all shares entitled to be cast.

6.5 A director shall not be held personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action as a director, except this provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director for (i) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which he or she is not entitled; (ii) an intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or the shareholders; (iii) a violation of Section 10A-2-8.33 of the Alabama Business Corporation Law; (iv) an intentional violation of criminal law; (v) a breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders; or (vi) a violation of 12 C.F.R. Part 359 or any payment or benefit relating to the imposition of penalties under the Alabama Banking Code. It is the intention that the directors of the Corporation be protected from personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the Alabama Business Corporation Law as it now or hereafter exists. If at any time in the future the Alabama Business Corporation Law is modified to permit further or additional limitations on the extent to which directors may be held personally liable to the Corporation, the protection afforded by this Section 6.05 shall be expanded to afford the maximum protection permitted under such law. Any repeal or modification of this Section 6.05 by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not diminish the rights, or expand the personal liability of a director of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s initial registered office shall be 2611 Legends Drive, Prattville, AL 36066, and its initial registered agent at such address shall be James M. Stubbs.

PRINCIPAL OFFICE

The principal office of the Corporation shall be located initially at 2611 Legends Drive, Prattville, Alabama 36066, but may be moved from time to time by majority vote of the board of directors.

2


 

ARTICLE VIII

DIRECTORS

The Corporation’s initial Board of Directors shall consist of fourteen persons, who shall serve until the first annual meeting of the shareholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. The names and addresses of the members of the initial Board of Directors are as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

 

 

 

Lynn M. Carter

  

PO Box 1057

 

 

Wetumpka, Al 36092

 

 

 

James D. Golson

  

1633 County Road 10

 

 

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

Charles E. Herron, Jr.

  

271 Mac Taylor Road

 

 

Tallassee, AL 36078

 

 

 

Roy Shepherd Morris

  

4740 Cross Keys Road

 

 

Shorter, AL 36075

 

 

 

Larry Dean Puckett

  

507 Fiveash Oaks

 

 

Prattville, AL 36066

 

 

 

Jimmy Larry Ridling

  

306 Hunter Trail

 

 

Pike Road, AL 36064

 

 

 

Dorothy Hardage Sanford

  

973 McQueen Smith Road

 

 

Prattville, AL 36066

 

 

 

David Benjamin Smith

  

1250 Cotton Gin Cut

 

 

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

Bolling P. Starke, III

  

3313 Boxwood Drive

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36111

 

 

 

James Milton Stubbs

  

PO Box 527

 

 

Wetumpka, AL 36092

 

 

 

Vernon Bell Taylor

  

522 Wetumpka Street

 

 

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

David Reynolds Thrasher

  

3518 Oak Grove Circle

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36111

 

 

 

Jerry C. Kyser, Jr.

  

7272 Brisbane Place

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36117

 

 

 

Adolph Weil, III

  

3200 Colline Close

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36106

3


 

ARTICLE IX

INCORPORATOR

The incorporators’ names and address are:

 

Name

  

Address

 

 

 

Lynn M. Carter

  

PO Box 1057

 

 

Wetumpka, Al 36092

 

 

 

James D. Golson

  

1633 County Road 10

 

 

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

Charles E. Herron, Jr.

  

271 Mac Taylor Road

 

 

Tallassee, AL 36078

 

 

 

Roy Shepherd Morris

  

4740 Cross Keys Road

 

 

Shorter, AL 36075

 

 

 

Larry Dean Puckett

  

507 Fiveash Oaks

 

 

Prattville, AL 36066

 

 

 

Jimmy Larry Ridling

  

306 Hunter Trail

 

 

Pike Road, AL 36064

 

 

 

Dorothy Hardage Sanford

  

973 McQueen Smith Road

 

 

Prattville, AL 36066

 

 

 

David Benjamin Smith

  

1250 Cotton Gin Cut

 

 

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

Bolling P. Starke, III

  

3313 Boxwood Drive

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36111

 

 

 

James Milton Stubbs

  

PO Box 527

 

 

Wetumpka, AL 36092

 

 

 

Vernon Bell Taylor

  

522 Wetumpka Street

 

 

Prattville, AL 36067

 

 

 

David Reynolds Thrasher

  

3518 Oak Grove Circle

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36111

 

 

 

Jerry C. Kyser, Jr.

  

7272 Brisbane Place

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36117

 

 

 

Adolph Weil, III

  

3200 Colline Close

 

 

Montgomery, AL 36106

Dated and effective as of November 30, 2012.

[signature page to follow]

4


 

 

INCORPORATORS

 

Lynn M. Carter

 

James D. Golson

 

Charles E. Herron, Jr.

 

Roy Shepherd Morris

 

Larry Dean Puckett

 

Jimmy Larry Ridling

 

Dorothy Hardage Sanford

 

David Benjamin Smith

 

Bolling P. Starke, III

 

James Milton Stubbs

 

Vernon Bell Taylor

 

David Reynolds Thrasher

 

Jerry C. Kyser, Jr.

 

Adolph Weil, III

 

This Instrument Prepared by:

Katharine F. Musso, Esq.

Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,

Carrère & Denègre, LLP

1100 One Federal Place

1819 Fifth Avenue North

Birmingham, AL 35203

(205) 244-5211

 

 

 

5


 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(1) The name of the corporation is RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION (the “Corporation”), an Alabama corporation.

(2) The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the Alabama Business Corporation Law.  The amendment provides that Section 4.1 is deleted in its entirety, and the following new Section 4.1 is substituted in lieu thereof:  

4.1 The total number of shares of all classes of common stock (“Shares”) which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 10,000,000, consisting of 10,000,000 shares of $1.00 par value common stock (“Common Stock”).

(3) The foregoing amendment was adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation on December 1, 2015.

(4) At the time of the adoption of the foregoing amendment, the number of shares outstanding was 2,985,640 and the number of shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon was 2,985,640.  All outstanding shares were common stock, par value $1.00 per share.  In excess of a majority of the shares of common stock were represented at the meeting and a quorum was present.

(5) The number of shares voted for and against such amendment, respectively, was:

 

FOR

 

AGAINST

 

ABSTAIN

2,241,353

 

18,204

 

15,000

The number of shares voting FOR the amendment was sufficient for approval of the amendment and all other requirements of the Alabama Business Corporation Law have been satisfied.

DATED as of the 4th day of December, 2015.

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James M. Stubbs

 

 

Name: James M. Stubbs

 

 

Its: President and Chief Executive Officer

This instrument prepared by:

Michael D. Waters

Jones Walker LLP

1819 5th Avenue North, Suite 1100

Birmingham, Alabama  35203

Telephone: (205) 244-5210

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

BY-LAWS

 

 

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I

  

 

1

  

 

 

OFFICES

  

 

1

  

 

 

 

1.1.

  

R EGISTERED O FFICE

  

 

1

  

1.2.

  

P RINCIPAL O FFICE

  

 

1

  

1.3.

  

O THER O FFICES

  

 

1

  

 

 

ARTICLE II

  

 

1

  

 

 

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

  

 

1

  

 

 

 

2.1.

  

L OCATION

  

 

1

  

2.2.

  

A NNUAL M EETINGS

  

 

1

  

2.3.

  

S PECIAL M EETINGS

  

 

1

  

2.4.

  

N OTICE OF S HAREHOLDERS ’ M EETINGS

  

 

1

  

2.5.

  

S HAREHOLDER L IST .

  

 

1

  

2.6.

  

B USINESS OF S PECIAL M EETINGS

  

 

1

  

2.7.

  

Q UORUM OF S HAREHOLDERS

  

 

2

  

2.8.

  

A CTION BY S HAREHOLDERS

  

 

2

  

2.9.

  

V OTING

  

 

2

  

2.10.

  

W AIVER OF N OTICE

  

 

2

  

2.11.

  

A CTION BY S HAREHOLDERS W ITHOUT A M EETING

  

 

2

  

 

 

ARTICLE III

  

 

2

  

 

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  

 

2

  

 

 

 

3.1.

  

G ENERAL P OWERS , N UMBER , T ENURE AND Q UALIFICATIONS

  

 

2

  

3.2.

  

V ACANCIES

  

 

2

  

3.3.

  

L OCATION OF M EETINGS .

  

 

2

  

3.4.

  

O RGANIZATIONAL M EETING

  

 

3

  

3.5.

  

R EGULAR M EETINGS

  

 

3

  

3.6.

  

S PECIAL M EETINGS

  

 

3

  

3.7.

  

M EETINGS BY C ONFERENCE T ELEPHONE , ETC

  

 

3

  

3.8.

  

Q UORUM OF D IRECTORS

  

 

3

  

3.9.

  

A CTION W ITHOUT A M EETING

  

 

3

  

3.10.

  

C OMMITTEES

  

 

3

  

3.11.

  

C OMMITTEE M EETINGS , M INUTES AND R EPORTS

  

 

3

  

3.12.

  

C OMPENSATION

  

 

4

  

3.13.

  

T RANSACTIONS WITH D IRECTORS , ETC

  

 

4

  

 

 

ARTICLE IV

  

 

4

  

 

 

NOTICES

  

 

4

  

 

 

 

4.1.

  

M ANNER OF G IVING N OTICE

  

 

4

  

4.2.

  

W AIVER OF N OTICE

  

 

4

  

 

 

ARTICLE V

  

 

4

  

 

 

OFFICERS

  

 

4

  

 

 

 

5.1.

  

N UMBER

  

 

4

  

5.2.

  

E LECTION

  

 

4

  

5.3.

  

A PPOINTIVE O FFICERS

  

 

4

  

5.4.

  

C OMPENSATION

  

 

4

  

5.5.

  

T ERM , R EMOVAL , R ESIGNATION AND V ACANCIES

  

 

5

  

5.6.

  

C HAIRMAN OF THE B OARD

  

 

5

  

5.7.

  

V ICE C HAIRMAN .

  

 

5

  

5.8.

  

P RESIDENT

  

 

5

  

5.9.

  

V ICE P RESIDENTS

  

 

5

  

5.10.

  

T REASURER

  

 

5

  

5.11.

  

A SSISTANT T REASURERS

  

 

5

  

i


 

5.12.

  

S ECRETARY .

  

 

5

  

5.13.

  

A SSISTANT S ECRETARY

  

 

6

  

5.14.

  

C ORPORATION , O FFICER AND E MPLOYEE B ONDS

  

 

6

  

5.15.

  

E XECUTION OF I NSTRUMENTS

  

 

6

  

5.16.

  

R ECEIPTS , C HECKS , D RAFTS , ETC

  

 

6

  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

  

 

6

  

 

 

CAPITAL STOCK

  

 

6

  

 

 

 

6.1.

  

C ERTIFICATES

  

 

6

  

6.2.

  

S TOCK R ECORDS

  

 

6

  

6.3.

  

S TOCK T RANSFER

  

 

7

  

6.4.

  

L OST , D ESTROYED AND M UTILATED C ERTIFICATES

  

 

7

  

6.5.

  

R ECORD D ATE

  

 

7

  

6.6.

  

R EGULATIONS

  

 

7

  

 

 

ARTICLE VII

  

 

7

  

 

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

  

 

7

  

 

 

 

7.1.

  

D ECLARATION OF D ISTRIBUTIONS

  

 

7

  

7.2.

  

A NNUAL R EPORTS TO S HAREHOLDERS

  

 

7

  

7.3.

  

F ISCAL Y EAR

  

 

7

  

7.4.

  

C ORPORATION S EAL

  

 

7

  

7.5.

  

I NDEMNIFICATION

  

 

8

  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

  

 

9

  

 

 

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

  

 

9

  

 

 

ii


 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

Offices

1.1. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation, as designated in the Articles of Incorporation, may be changed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and by filing notice of such change as required by law.

1.2. Principal Office . The Corporation’s principal office will be in the City of Prattville, County of Elmore, and State of Alabama.

1.3. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Alabama as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require to the extent not prohibited by law.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Shareholders

2.1. Location . All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office, or at such other place either within or without the State of Alabama as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

2.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on a day in April. At the annual meeting, the shareholders shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote, and shall transact any other business as may properly come before the meeting.

2.3. Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation, may be called by (i) the Chairman, the President or the Board of Directors; (ii) the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of all the shares entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting or if such holders sign, date and deliver to the Corporation’s President or Secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held, who shall, within 21 days of the receipt of such demand, cause notice to be given of the meeting to be held within the minimum time following the notice prescribed in Section 4 below; or (iii) the holders of not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting who signed a demand under clause (ii) above if notice was not given within the 21 days after such demand or the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.

2.4. Notice of Shareholders’ Meetings . Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the President, the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. The capital stock or bonded indebtedness of the Corporation shall not be increased at any meeting unless thirty (30) days’ notice has been given before the date of the meeting, or pursuant to such lesser or greater requirements of Section 234 of the Constitution of Alabama as the same may be amended from time to time.

2.5. Shareholder List . After fixing a record date for a meeting, the officer having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall prepare an alphabetical list of the names of all its shareholders who are entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting. The list must be arranged by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder. The shareholders’ list must be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning two business days after notice of the meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing through the meeting, at the Corporation’s principal office. A shareholder, or his or her agent or attorney, is entitled on written demand to inspect and, for a proper purpose, to copy the list, during regular hours and at its expense, during the period it is available for inspection. The Corporation shall make the list available at the meeting, and any shareholder, or his or her agent or attorney, is entitled to inspect the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment thereof. The stock transfer records of the Corporation shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the shareholders’ list or transfer records or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

2.6. Business of Special Meetings . Business transacted at any special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

1


 

2.7. Quorum of Shareholders . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of shareholders. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. Every meeting of the shareholders may be adjourned from time to time until its business is completed, and except as provided herein or by applicable law, no notice need be given of such adjourned meeting.

2.8. Action by Shareholders . If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Constitution of Alabama as the same may be amended from time to time, statute, or the Articles of Incorporation.

2.9. Voting . Each shareholder shall at every meeting of the shareholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each Share having voting power held by such shareholder. A proxy may be appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. The proxy holder need not be a shareholder. No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

2.10. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. A shareholder’s attendance at a meeting: (i) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and (2) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter before action is taken on the matter.

2.11. Action by Shareholders Without a Meeting . Any action required to be taken at a meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and such consent shall be delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. The record date for determining the shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the first shareholder signs the consent.

ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

3.1. General Powers, Number, Tenure and Qualifications . All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its Board of Directors, comprised of not less than one (1) nor more than twenty (20) persons. The Board may increase or decrease by thirty percent (30%) or less the number of directors last approved by the shareholders, but only the shareholders may increase or decrease by more than thirty percent (30%) the number of directors last approved by the shareholders. Directors shall be natural persons of the age of at least nineteen (19) but need not be residents of the State of Alabama or shareholders of the Corporation. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders, and shall hold office for one year terms or until their successors are elected and qualified.

3.2 Vacancies . If a vacancy occurs on the Board: (i) the shareholders may fill the vacancy, whether resulting from an increase in the number of directors or otherwise; (ii) the board of directors may fill the vacancy, except that the directors shall not have the power to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors by more than thirty percent (30%) of the number of directors last approved by the Shareholders, or (iii) if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the Board, they may fill the vacancy, if it is one that the directors are authorized to fill, by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders. If there are no directors in office, then the shareholders may hold a special meeting to elect directors.

3.3 Location of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, shall be held at the Corporation’s principal office unless otherwise specified in the notice thereof, in which event the meeting shall be held where specified in the notice, either within or without the State of Alabama.

2


 

3.4. Organizational Meeting . The first meeting of each newly-elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and in the same place as the annual meeting of Shareholders. No notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly-elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum is present.

3.5. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on the day and time specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. No notice of regular meetings need be given, unless the time and place of such meetings are other than those stated therein.

3.6. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman or President or any two (2) or more directors on twenty-four (24) hours’ personal, telephonic, or telegraphic notice to each director, or preceded by at least two days’ notice of the date, time and place of the meeting. The notice need not describe the purpose of the special meeting. Attendance at or participation by a director at a special meeting (i) waives objection to lack of any required notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the director at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon arrival) objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting; and (ii) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose described in the meeting notice, unless the director objects to considering the matter before action is taken on the matter.

3.7. Meetings by Conference Telephone, etc . Meetings of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof may be held by means of a conference telephone, video, Internet or other communication by which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at any such meeting.

3.8. Quorum of Directors . A majority of the fixed number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken, the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the Board unless the Articles of Incorporation require the vote of a greater number of directors. A director is, unless established to the contrary, presumed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting at which he has been present for any purpose. A director who is present at a meeting of the Board or any committee of the Board when corporate action is taken is deemed to assent to the action taken unless (i) he objects at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon arrival) to holding it or transacting business at the meeting or, as to a matter required under the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws to be included in the notice of the purpose of the meeting, he objects before action is taken on the matter; (ii) his dissent or abstention from action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (iii) he delivers written notice of his dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor of the action taken.

3.9. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if the action is taken by all members of the Board and evidenced by one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by each member of the Board or committee, as the case may be, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Action taken is effective when the last director signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date. Such consent shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

3.10. Committees . The Board of Directors may create one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the Board. The creation of a committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the greater of (i) a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken or (ii) the number of directors required by the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws to take action. To the extent specified by the Board or in the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, each committee may exercise the authority of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation; except that no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors with reference to (1) authorizing distributions, (2) approving or proposing to shareholders actions requiring approval by shareholders, (3) filling vacancies on the board of directors or on any of its committees, (4) amending articles of incorporation, (5) adopting, amending or repealing these By-Laws, (6) approving a plan of merger not requiring shareholder approval, (7) authorizing or approving reacquisition of shares, except according to formula or method prescribed by the board of directors, or (8) authorizing or approving the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares, or determining the designation and relative rights, except that the board of directors may authorize a committee (or a senior executive officer of the corporation) to do so within limits specifically prescribed by the board of directors.

3.11. Committee Meetings, Minutes and Reports . Meetings of any committee of the Board may be called by the President, or by the chairman of the committee, at any time upon personal, telephonic, telegraphic, written or such other notice as may be determined by such committee. A majority of the members of each committee may fix such committee’s rules of procedure, determine its manner of acting, and fix the time and place, whether within or without the State of Alabama, of its meetings. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors whenever required or requested.

3


 

3.12. Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attending each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as directors. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

3.13. Transactions with Directors, etc . A director’s conflicting interest transaction may not be enjoined, set aside, or give rise to an award of damages or other sanctions, in a proceeding by a shareholder or by or in the right of the Corporation, because the director, or any person with whom or which he or she has a personal, economic, or other association, has an interest in the transaction, if:

(1) Director’s action respecting the transaction was at any time taken in compliance with Section 10A-2-8.62; or

(2) Shareholders’ action respecting the transaction was at any time taken in compliance with Section 10A-2-8.63; or

(3) The transaction, judged according to the circumstances at the time of commitment, is established to have been fair to the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Notices

4.1. Manner of Giving Notice . Except as otherwise required by law, whenever notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, such notice requirement can be satisfied by giving written notice in person, or by telephone, telegraph, teletype, telecopier, facsimile transmission, or other form of wire or wireless communication, or by mail, postage pre-paid. Written notice by a domestic or foreign corporation to its shareholders is effective when mailed, if mailed postpaid and correctly addressed to the shareholder’s address shown in the Corporation’s current record of shareholders.

4.2. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director of the Corporation, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice and shall be delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.

ARTICLE V

Officers

5.1. Number . The Board of Directors shall elect the Corporation’s officers. The Board of Directors or a duly appointed officer may appoint one or more officers or assistant officers. The Board of Directors shall delegate to one of the officers responsibility for preparing minutes of the directors’ and shareholders’ meetings and for authenticating records of the Corporation. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its annual organizational meeting, may choose a Chairman, Vice Chairman, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as it deems necessary or desirable. If the officers, or any of them, for any reason should not be elected at the Board of Directors’ organizational meeting, they may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

5.3. Appointive Officers . The Board may from time to time appoint or delegate the appointment of such other officers as it may deem necessary, including one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties, subject to the control of the Board, as are in these By-Laws provided or as the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board may from time to time prescribe. The President shall have authority to appoint and remove agents and employees and to prescribe their powers and duties and may authorize any other officer or officers to do so.

5.4. Compensation . The salaries and other compensation of the Corporation’s principal officers shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, after taking account of any recommendations by any committee which is authorized to advise the Board with respect to compensation. The Board may from time to time delegate to any principal officer or to any committee power to fix the salaries and other compensation for all other Corporation officers, employees and agents. The action of the Board of Directors in so fixing officer compensation shall not be rendered invalid by reason of the fact that a director voted in favor of a resolution fixing his own salary or by reason of the fact that his presence was necessary to constitute a quorum of the Board.

4


 

5.5 Term, Removal, Resignation and Vacancies . The Corporation’s officers shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. Any officer may be removed at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. An officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the notice is given unless the notice specifies a later effective date. If a resignation is made effective at a later date and the Corporation accepts the future effective date, the Board may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board provides that the successor does not take office until the effective date. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for regular election or appointment to such office.

5.6. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and of the shareholders. In general, he shall perform all the duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board, and such other duties as the board may from time to time determine or as may be prescribed by these By-Laws.

5.7. Vice Chairman. The Vice Chairman, in the absence, inability or disability of the Chairman, shall perform the Chairman’s duties. The Vice Chairman shall have such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

5.8. President . The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall determine the Corporation’s basic policies, have general supervision of its business and affairs and be responsible for all internal operations of the Corporation. The President shall report to the Board of Directors, and shall be responsible for personnel, and shall designate and assign the duties of the officers under his supervision, at the direction or with the approval of the Board of Directors.

The President shall have the authority to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts and instruments requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation; and shall have the authority to endorse, when sold, assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, all certificates for shares of stock, bonds, securities or evidences of indebtedness issued by other corporations, associations, trusts, individuals or entities, whether public or private, or by any government or agency thereof, which are owned or held by the Corporation, and to make, execute and deliver all instruments of assignment or transfer of any stocks, bonds, securities, evidences of indebtedness, agreements, or other property owned or held by the Corporation in any capacity. He shall, under the supervision of the Board, be responsible for all investments of the Corporation and shall have full authority to do any and all things delegated to him by the Board of Directors or by any committee of the Board having authority.

5.9. Vice Presidents . The Vice Presidents, in order of their seniority or as designated by the Board of Directors, shall in the absence, inability or disability of the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of said office, and when so acting shall be subject to all restrictions upon the President. At all other times the Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as the Board of Directors may prescribe, or as the President may delegate.

5.10. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the Corporation’s chief financial officer and shall have the custody of such property and assets of the Corporation as may be entrusted to him by the Board of Directors or by the President. He shall, subject to the general supervision of the Board of Directors and any audit committee thereof, have general supervision and authority over the Corporation’s books and accounts, its methods and systems of recording and keeping account of its business transactions and of its assets and liabilities, and within such authority, prepare and deliver all reports and returns required of the Corporation by law or by any governmental or regulatory authority pertaining to the condition of the Corporation and its assets and liabilities. He shall be responsible for preparing statements showing the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operation, and shall furnish such reports and financial records as may be required or requested by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President. He shall receive and give receipt for funds due and payable to the Corporation, shall have charge and custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the Corporation’s name in such banks and depositories selected or authorized by the Board. The Treasurer shall perform or cause to be performed all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

5.11. Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there are more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer, and at all other times shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Treasurer may prescribe from time to time.

5.12. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders, and shall keep the minutes of all proceedings of such meetings in books kept for these purposes, and shall perform like duties for the standing committees of the Board when required. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman or the President. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of any Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall also keep a stock ledger containing the names of all persons who are now or hereafter become shareholders of the Corporation showing their places of residence, the respective number of shares held by them, and the time when they respectively became the holders of such shares.

5


 

5.13. Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there are more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there is no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the power of the Secretary, and at all other times shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.

5.14. Corporation, Officer and Employee Bonds . The Board of Directors shall fix and prescribe the amount of bond, if any, that may be required of the Corporation, and of each officer and employee of the Corporation. Such bonds shall be made by a bonding company or companies authorized to make such bonds in Alabama or any other applicable jurisdiction, and in such form as may be approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may in its discretion, require an increase in the amount of such bond or other additional bond and security, as the Board deems necessary, desirable or expedient for the better protection of the Corporation and those with whom it does business.

5.15 Execution of Instruments . The Chairman and the President are authorized, in their discretion, and to the extent permitted herein and by law, to do and perform any and all corporate and official acts in carrying on the Corporation’s business, including, but not limited to, the authority to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all deeds, mortgages, releases, bills of sale, assignments, transfers, leases, powers of attorney or of substitution, proxies to vote stock, or any other instrument in writing that may be necessary in the purchase, sale, lease, assignment, transfer, management or handling in any way of property of any description held or controlled by the Corporation, in any capacity. This shall include authority from time to time, to borrow money in such amounts, for such lengths of time, at such rates of interest and upon such terms and conditions as any said officer may deem proper, and to evidence the indebtedness thereby created by executing and delivering in the Corporation’s name, promissory notes or other appropriate evidences of indebtedness. The enumeration herein of particular powers shall not restrict in any way the general powers and authority of said officers. The Board may authorize any other officer or officers or agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be delegated by the person so authorized; but unless so authorized by the Board or these By-Laws, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or to any amount. In addition to the Treasurer, the Secretary or any Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary is authorized to attest the signature of the President or Chairman and to affix the corporate seal to any and all instruments requiring such attestation or execution under seal.

5.16. Receipts, Checks, Drafts, etc . All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, or agent or agents, as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board. The President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer or any other officer or employee designated by the Board of Directors, is authorized and empowered on behalf of the Corporation and in its name to endorse checks and warrants, to draw drafts, to give receipts for money due and payable to the Corporation, and to sign such other papers and do such other acts as are necessary or appropriate to perform his duties.

ARTICLE VI

Capital Stock

6.1. Certificates . Every holder of fully-paid Corporation shares shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed in the Corporation’s name by the Chairman, the President, the Treasurer or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, owned by him. Certificates representing Corporation shares shall be issued in numerical order, and the Corporation’s seal or a facsimile thereof may be affixed to each certificate. The signature of any of the specified officers may be actual or a facsimile. If the person who signed (either manually or in facsimile) a share certificate no longer holds office when the certificate is issued, the certificate is nevertheless valid. Shares or interests in the stock of corporations are personal property, transferable on the books of the Corporation in the manner provided by law.

6.2. Stock Records . A record shall be kept of the respective names of persons owning the shares represented by certificates, the number of shares represented by such certificates, respectively, and the respective issue dates thereof, and in the case of cancellation, the respective dates of cancellation. Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or transfer shall be canceled and a new certificate or certificates shall not be issued in exchange for any existing certificates until such existing certificate shall have been so canceled, except in cases otherwise provided for in this Article VI.

6


 

6.3. Stock Transfer . Corporation shares shall be transferred only upon the Corporation’s books by the registered holder thereof, either in person or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, or with the Corporation’s duly appointed transfer agent, upon payment of all taxes on such transfer, and surrender of properly endorsed certificates for such shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person or entity registered on its books as the owner of shares entitled to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as may otherwise be required by the laws of Alabama. The Corporation’s obligation to effect a transfer of shares shall be subject to all provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and these By-Laws, and to any applicable restrictions on transfer imposed or permitted pursuant to such Articles of Incorporation, these By-Laws, or applicable law or agreement.

6.4. Lost, Destroyed and Mutilated Certificates . The holder of any shares shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, destruction or mutilation of the certificate therefor, and the Board may, in its discretion, and after the expiration of such period of time as it may determine to be advisable, cause a new certificate or certificates for shares of stock to be issued, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate, or in case of loss or destruction of the certificate, upon proof satisfactory to the Board of such loss or destruction. The Board may, in its sole discretion, require the owner of the lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, or his legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it may direct, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

6.5. Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholders’ meeting, to demand a special meeting, to vote, or to take any other action, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may fix the record date but not to exceed, in any case, seventy (70) days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of shareholders. A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a shareholders’ meeting is effective for any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

6.6. Regulations . The Board may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of the Corporation. It may appoint, or authorize any principal officer or officers to appoint, one (1) or more transfer agents and one (1) or more registrars, and may require all certificates for shares of the Corporation to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

ARTICLE VII

General Provisions

7.1. Declaration of Distributions . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the Articles of Incorporation, distributions with respect to the Corporation’s shares may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Distributions may be paid in cash, property, or in shares of the Corporation of any class or series.

7.2. Annual Reports to Shareholders . The Board of Directors shall cause the Corporation to make available to any shareholder, upon written request, not later than one hundred eight (180) days after the close of each of its fiscal years, an audited financial statement which may be consolidated, including a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and a statement of income for such fiscal year, (“Audited Financial Statement”). Such financial statement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or, if the books of the Corporation are not maintained on that basis, may be prepared either on the same basis used by the Corporation for filing its United States income tax returns or as required by appropriate regulatory agencies. The financial statement shall be accompanied by a report of the President, the officer of the Corporation in charge of its financial records or a certified public accountant stating whether, in his opinion, the financial statements of the Corporation present fairly the financial position of the Corporation and the results of its operations in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if not, describing the basis of their preparation and giving his opinion of the fairness of the presentation of the data shown by them, in accordance with accounting procedures generally used in the trade, industry or business conducted by the Corporation.

7.3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

7.4. Corporation Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the words “Seal” or “Corporate Seal” and “Alabama”, as impressed in the margin hereof. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed, or reproduced or otherwise used on document or instrument.

7


 

7.5. Indemnification

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify all persons who may be indemnified by the Corporation to the full extent required or permitted by law, including but not limited to the indemnification provided in Sections 10A-2-8.50 through 10A-2-8.58 of the Alabama Business Corporation Law, as such Alabama Business Corporation Law or such Sections 10A-2-8.50 through 10A-2-8.58 now or hereafter exist.

(b) In addition to the above, and without restricting the power or duty of the Corporation to provide indemnification, the Corporation shall:

(i) Indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including appeals and whether formal or informal by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such claim, action, suit or proceeding if he conducted himself in good faith and he reasonably believed (1) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the Corporation, that his conduct was in the best interests of the Corporation, (2) in the case of conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan, that his conduct was for a purpose that was in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries, and (3) in all other cases (except a criminal action or proceeding), that his conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation’s best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not conduct himself in good faith and in a manner in which he reasonably believed (1) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the Corporation, that his conduct was not in the best interests of the Corporation, (2) in the case of conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan, that his conduct was for a purpose that was not in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries, and (3) in all other cases (except a criminal action or proceeding), that his conduct was opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The Corporation may not, however, indemnify a person if (1) in connection with any claim, action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation, if the person was adjudged liable to the Corporation or (2) in connection with any other claim, action, suit or proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the person, whether or not involving action in his official capacity, if the person was adjudged liable on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received by him.

(ii) Indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any action, suit, or proceeding referred to in paragraph (i) of this subsection or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, to the extent that he has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any such action, suit or proceedings, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein. Any indemnification under paragraph (i) of this subsection, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (i) of this subsection. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the board of directors (in which designated directors who are parties to such action may participate) consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties to the action, or (3) by special legal counsel, selected by the board of directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in (1) or (2) or, if a quorum of the board of directors cannot be obtained under (1) and a committee cannot be designated under (2), selected by a majority vote of the full board of directors (in which selected directors who are parties to the action may participate, or (4) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors, officers, employees or agents who are at the time parties to the action may not be voted on the determination. (In the case of a shareholder vote, a majority of the shares that are entitled to vote on the transaction by virtue of not being owned by or under the control of such directors constitutes a quorum for the purpose of taking action under this provision).

(iii) Indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit or proceeding if the court in which such action was brought or another court of competent jurisdiction determines that the person is entitled to mandatory indemnification under Section 10A-2-8.52 of the Alabama Business Corporation Law or that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the applicable standard of conduct in paragraph (i) of this subsection or was adjudged liable to the Corporation.

(c) In addition to the above provisions of this Section, and without restricting the power or duty of the Corporation to provide indemnification thereunder, unless prohibited by law, the Corporation may indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent under such circumstances and to the extent approved by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation; provided, however, that the shares of stock of the person or persons proposed to be indemnified shall not be included for the purpose of determining what constitutes a majority and such shares shall not be voted on the issue. Indemnification may be provided under this subsection (c) notwithstanding the fact that it has been denied, expressly or by implication, under subsections (a) or (b) of this Section.

8


 

(d) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal claim, action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such claim, action, suit or proceeding as authorized in the manner provided in subsections (b) and (c) of this Section upon (1) if authorized pursuant to subsection (b), receipt of a written affirmation by the director, officer, employee or agent of good faith belief that he has met the appropriate standard of conduct provided in subsection (b), (2) receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if and to the extent that it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in subsections (b) and (c) of this Section, and (3) a determination that the facts then known to those making the determination would not prevent indemnification under these By-Laws.

(e) The indemnification authorized by this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of and shall be in addition to any other right to which those indemnified may be entitled under any statute, rule of law, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, and personal representatives of such a person.

(f) The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection (including but not limited to trust funds, self-insurance reserves, or the like) on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section or under Sections 10A-2-8.50 through 10A-2-8.58 of the Alabama Business Corporation Law, as such Sections 10A-2-8.50 through 1-A-2-8.58 or such Alabama Business Corporation Law now or may hereafter exist.

(g) For purposes of these By-Laws, the phrase official capacity shall mean (i) with respect to a director, the office of director in the Corporation; and (ii) when used with respect to an individual other than a director, the office in the Corporation held by an officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the Corporation. Official capacity does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment of By-Laws

These By-Laws may be altered, amended, added to, or repealed and new By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of such proposed action is contained in the notice of such special meeting. The Board of Directors may not alter, amend, add to, or repeal any By-Law establishing what constitutes a quorum at meetings of the shareholders. These By-Laws also may be altered, amended, added to or repealed and new By-Laws adopted by majority vote of the shareholders at any annual meeting thereof, or at any special meeting if notice of such proposed action shall have been given to each shareholder.

9


 

River Financial Corporation

Amendment to Bylaws

effective December 31, 2015

Sections 3.1, 3.2, 5.2 and 5.3 of the Bylaws of River Financial Corporate are revised and amended to read in their entirety as follows, Section 5.8 is deleted and new sections 3.14, 5.8.1, 5.8.2, and 5.17 are hereby added as follows:

3.1 General Powers, Number, Tenure and Qualifications.   All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its Board of Directors.  Directors shall be natural persons of the age of at least nineteen (19) but need not be residents of the State of Alabama or shareholders of the Corporation.  Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders, and shall hold office for one year terms or until their successors are elected and qualified.

3.2 Vacancies.   Effective as of December 31, 2015, the “Effective Date” of the merger of Keystone Bancshares, Inc. (“Keystone”) with the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall consist of seven members, three of which shall be directors of Keystone, selected initially by the Board of Directors of Keystone prior to the Effective Date (“Legacy Keystone Directors”) and four of which shall be directors of the Corporation, selected initially by the Board of Directors of the Corporation prior to the Effective Date (“Legacy River Financial Directors”).  All vacancies on the Board of Directors created by the cessation of service of a Legacy Keystone Director shall be filled by a nominee proposed by a majority of the remaining Legacy Keystone Directors, and all vacancies on the Board of Directors created by the cessation of service of a Legacy River Financial Director shall be filled by a nominee proposed by a majority of the remaining Legacy River Financial Directors, and all directors so nominated and appointed or elected to the board of directors by proposal of the Legacy Keystone Directors shall be considered “Legacy Keystone Directors” and all directors so nominated and appointed or elected to the board of directors by proposal of the Legacy River Financial Directors shall be considered “Legacy River Financial Directors.”  Upon the Effective Date, Larry Puckett shall serve as Chairman of the Board of the Resulting Corporation, and Murray Neighbors shall serve as Vice-Chairman of the Board of the Resulting Corporation.  The initial Legacy Keystone Directors shall be W. Murray Neighbors, Gerald Ray Smith, Jr. and John A. Freeman.  The initial Legacy River Financial Directors shall be Larry Puckett, James M. Stubbs, Jim Ridling and Vernon Taylor.  The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2 shall be effective and binding until December 31, 2019.

3.14. Approval of Certain Transactions.   Until December 31, 2019, the following transactions shall require a vote of 65 percent of the existing members of the Board of Directors:

(i) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any entity;

(ii) an acquisition of the Corporation by a statutory exchange offer, tender offer, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or other comparable transaction;

(iii) a change in the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice President or Chief Financial Officer or a reduction in the compensation or benefits of any of the foregoing;

(iv) the declaration and payment of cash dividends;

(v) an increase in the size of the board of directors to more than seven (7) members; and

(vi) voluntary registration or deregistration at any time of the common stock of the Corporation pursuant to the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act.

(vii) any amendment to any of the foregoing provisions (i) through (vi).

5.2. Election .  The Board of Directors, at its annual organizational meeting, may choose a Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as it deems necessary or desirable.  If the officers, or any of them, for any reason should not be elected at the Board of Directors' organizational meeting, they may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

5.3. Appointive Officers .  The Board may from time to time appoint or delegate the appointment of such other officers as it may deem necessary, including one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers.  Such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties, subject to the control of the Board, as are in these By‑Laws provided or as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time prescribe.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have authority to appoint and remove agents and employees and to prescribe their powers and duties and may authorize any other officer or officers to do so.

10


 

5.8.1 Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall determine the Corporation's basic policies and have general supervision of its business and affairs.  The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Board of Directors, and shall designate and assign the duties of the officers under his supervision, at the direction or with the approval of the Board of Directors.

The Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts and instruments requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation; and shall have the authority to endorse, when sold, assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, all certificates for shares of stock, bonds, securities or evidences of indebtedness issued by other corporations, associations, trusts, individuals or entities, whether public or private, or by any government or agency thereof, which are owned or held by the Corporation, and to make, execute and deliver all instruments of assignment or transfer of any stocks, bonds, securities, evidences of indebtedness, agreements, or other property owned or held by the Corporation in any capacity.  He shall, under the supervision of the Board, be responsible for all investments of the Corporation and shall have full authority to do any and all things delegated to him by the Board of Directors or by any committee of the Board having authority.

5.8.2 President .  The President shall be responsible for all internal operations of the Corporation.  The President shall report to the Board of Directors, and shall be responsible for personnel, and shall designate and assign the duties of the officers under his supervision, at the direction or with the approval of the Board of Directors.  In the absence, inability, or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall be subject to all restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

In addition to the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall also have the authority to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts and instruments requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation; and shall have the authority to endorse, when sold, assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, all certificates for shares of stock, bonds, securities or evidences of indebtedness issued by other corporations, associations, trusts, individuals or entities, whether public or private, or by any government or agency thereof, which are owned or held by the Corporation, and to make, execute and deliver all instruments of assignment or transfer of any stocks, bonds, securities, evidences of indebtedness, agreements, or other property owned or held by the Corporation in any capacity.  He shall, under the supervision of the Board, be responsible for all investments of the Corporation and shall have full authority to do any and all things delegated to him by the Board of Directors or by any committee of the Board having authority.

5.17. Actions of Chief Executive Officer .  Actions authorized in these bylaws to be performed by the President of the Corporation may also be performed by the Chief Executive Officer unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise.

 

11

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (No. 333-205986) on Form S-8 of River Financial Corporation of our report dated March 28, 2016, and to the inclusion of our audit of the consolidated financial statements, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of River Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

/s/PORTER KEADLE MOORE, LLC

 

Atlanta, Georgia

March 28, 2016

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, James M. Stubbs, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of River Financial Corporation;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this period report.

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated history, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s first fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

March 28, 2015

 

/s/ James M. Stubbs

 

 

James M. Stubbs

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Kenneth H. Givens, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of River Financial Corporation;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this period report.

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated history, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s first fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors:

 

(a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

March 28, 2016

 

/s/ Kenneth H. Givens

 

 

Kenneth H. Givens

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT

CERTIFICATES PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)

In connection with the Annual Report of River Financial Corporation, an Alabama corporation (the “Company”), on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2015, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), each of James M. Stubbs, Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Kenneth E. Givens, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, do hereby certify, pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350), that to his knowledge:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)

The information contained i n the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James M. Stubbs

 

 

James M. Stubbs

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

Date: March 28, 2016

 

 

 

RIVER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kenneth H. Givens

 

 

Kenneth H. Givens

 

 

Chief F Officer

(principal financial officer and accounting officer)

 

 

Date: March 28, 2016

 

{BH276398.1}A signed original of this written statement required by Section  906 has been provided to River Financial Corporation  and will be retained by River Financial Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.